Insidious Meme

MAR 26 WAR CORRESPONDENT CLIF HIGH JSNIP4 JEAN-CLAUDE – 03-26-2024

MAR 26 WAR CORRESPONDENT CLIF HIGH JSNIP4 JEAN-CLAUDE - 03-26-2024

MAR 26 WAR CORRESPONDENT CLIF HIGH JSNIP4 JEAN-CLAUDE - 03-26-2024

Episode Summary:

The document delves into a comprehensive analysis of geopolitical tensions following a significant infrastructure attack, likening the event's impact to that of historical milestones such as Pearl Harbor. This comparison is not made lightly; it underscores the potential for a single incident to shift public consciousness and government action in profound ways. The conversation with Cliff High, a notable figure in predicting economic and societal trends through his Webbot project, adds depth to this analysis, blending technology, astrology, and historical patterns to forecast upcoming shifts.

Central to the discussion is the impact of such attacks on global markets, with a particular emphasis on the precious metals market. The document suggests a volatile future for silver, marked by sharp price increases that could reflect broader economic instability. This prediction ties back to the infrastructure attack's cascading effects, from immediate logistical nightmares to long-term disruptions in supply chains, highlighting the interconnectedness of global infrastructure and financial markets.

The conversation also ventures into societal responses to perceived governmental and elite failures. It anticipates a move towards decentralized justice mechanisms, including the formation of common law courts and an increase in vigilantism. This shift is presented as a reaction to the erosion of trust in traditional institutions and legal systems, compounded by the elite's manipulation of societal norms and financial systems.

The document introduces the concept of the Elohim Worship Cult, describing it as a deeply influential group with historical ties to Babylonian practices and modern implications for global governance and financial control. This segment suggests that current geopolitical and financial turmoil can be traced back to the cult's long-term objectives, including the imposition of central bank digital currencies (CBDCs) as a means of consolidating control.

Predictions of market crashes and financial instability interweave with discussions on cyber warfare, directed energy weapons, and the strategic significance of infrastructure targets. These elements paint a picture of a world at a technological and ethical crossroads, where advanced weapons can be used not just in warfare but to further economic and political agendas.

The dialogue between Cliff High and other participants also touches on the role of the mainstream media in shaping public perception and the potential for a widespread awakening to the realities of elite manipulation and control. This awakening is seen as both a risk and an opportunity, with the potential to lead to societal restructuring or further entrenchment of elite power, depending on public response and the ability of alternative voices to present cohesive narratives.

The detailed explanation ultimately presents a multifaceted view of the near future, where societal, technological, and economic changes converge against a backdrop of geopolitical tension and elite maneuvering. It warns of the potential for dramatic shifts in public life and governance, urging preparedness and a critical examination of the forces shaping global events.

This summary encapsulates the document's exploration of impending societal and economic shifts, highlighting the interconnectedness of global events and the underlying forces driving them. It presents a call to awareness and action in the face of unprecedented challenges and opportunities.

#GeopoliticalAnalysis #InfrastructureAttack #MarketCrash #CyberWarfare #DirectedEnergyWeapons #GlobalMarkets #PreciousMetals #DecentralizedJustice #Vigilantism #ElohimWorshipCult #FinancialPredictions #BidenRegime #CentralBankDigitalCurrency #Resistance #ClimateTerrorism #CommonLawCourts #JusticeMovement #SocietalShifts #TransportDisruptions #Hyperinflation #MainstreamMediaDistrust #SpaceAliens #BabylonianCults #LuciferianBeliefs #StockMarketVolatility #CryptocurrencyFluctuations #EconomicDisruption #SilverPriceSurge #GlobalSupplyChain #EmergencyResponse #ClimateChangeNarrative #GovernmentManipulation #PublicAwakening #SocialUnrest #TechnologyAbuse

Key Takeaways:
  • Infrastructure attacks have significant geopolitical and market implications.
  • Directed energy weapons and cyber warfare pose new, unconventional threats.
  • Precious metals, especially silver, may experience unprecedented market dynamics, due to Precious Metals warehouse in Baltimore Port Area.
  • Societal shifts toward decentralized justice and vigilantism are predicted.
  • The Elohim Worship Cult and its influence on global events are discussed.
  • The potential for major market crashes, influenced by various factors including infrastructure attacks and geopolitical tensions.
Predictions:
  • A major market crash is predicted for April, potentially triggered by geopolitical events and infrastructure attacks.
  • Silver prices are expected to surge dramatically in the summer.
  • Societal shifts towards decentralized justice and vigilantism are anticipated in response to perceived threats and injustices.
Key Players:
  • Mr. Cliff High
  • Joe (Jason four)
  • President Joe Biden
  • Reggie Middleton
  • Steve Bannon
  • Laura Logan
  • Dave Chappelle
  • Plasmalogens Supplements
  • Urolithin-A Supplements
  • Francis Scott Key Bridge collapse
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

MAR 26 WAR CORRESPONDENT CLIF HIGH JSNIP4 JEAN-CLAUDE - 03-26-2024

Hello, Debon mystic, and welcome to this very special war correspondent report. With me tonight is Jason four. You can find him, of course, Joe at Jason four tube here on YouTube, as well as on his Patreon at forward slash. Jason four. Joe, welcome back to the show.

How are you? Pretty, pretty good. But yeah, some stuff is kicking off right now. I had a note. Interesting conversation.

Yes, it's going to be an interesting conversation. Thank you so much, everyone, for joining us live tonight for this special broadcast. Mr. Cliffhigh is going to be joining us shortly. We are currently triple casting on YouTube, on Twitter and also on Rumble.

We're going to spend maybe a first ten minutes here on YouTube also with the audience, share some of the mainstream information. And within five or ten minutes or so, we're going to cut the feed here on YouTube and transfer the whole conversation here onto rumble for the no holes barred analysis here of what just happened today and perhaps what's going to be happening here in the next couple of weeks, in months, as we get into the deeper analysis here of the Webbot data with Mr. Cliff High. So, Joe, let's start here. So interestingly enough, let me see if I can go back to this slide deck here.

About a year ago today, I had started this war correspondence show based on this particular event. This was, of course, the train derailment in Ohio. And at that point, I had suggested to the audience, hey, we're actually at war and we're starting to see signs in the open that we're in a war, even though the mainstream news was obfuscating that fact from us. So things have moved on quite a bit in the last year. And I remember Lieutenant Colonel Bosi, who was on the show, who had said, before we get into too much of this war effort out into the open, he said more needed to come out in terms of the injectables and perhaps some of the adverse effect of those injectables and how people would react to all of this.

And odly enough, in the last couple of weeks, we're seeing more and more now of these adverse effects. One of them here being presented by Kate Millton, of course, there's a whole kerfuffle and weird series events running around her, but they're merging these two timelines here for the mainstream viewing public on that particular front. And of course, they're talking about heart disease now in a big way. Also from Hollywood with Arnie the Terminator himself perhaps going to be terminated. There was a couple of jokes here on that.

So we're getting closer and closer to that pivot point where this is now common knowledge, where we can get into the second phase of this war. And perhaps today, this event in Baltimore is exactly that, a beginning here of this second phase of this particular set of the war. So there was a tweet earlier by today that the Baltimore bridge attack could be equal to Pearl harbor, or at least Pearl Harbor 2.0. Now, when we get Cliff to analyze this a little bit later on, I'm assuming he means that this is an event that could bring us into the awareness of the war similar to how Pearl harbor brought the United States into action here in World War II. So, Joe, while we're here on YouTube, let me first ask you your reaction to this today.

Your first gut reaction. Are we looking at a false flag? Are we looking at something that's contrived? Is this perhaps retaliation to what just happened in Moscow in theater just a couple of days ago? Your first reaction, and then I'm going to play a couple of clips from mainstream news here, as we can share that with the YouTube audience.

So watch your language here. But your first reaction this morning? My reaction is it's always not, sometimes not nine out of ten times. It is always the deep state, however that looks. But the ship, we have no lights, we can't steer.

Then all of a sudden, the lights came on for a second and they went back off. Swerve to the right, swerve to the left. Oh, full on hit. And someone had posted some videos of one of the cameras, I guess, that was stationed facing the thing, and they're like, oh, look at these sparks at key places. The bridge is breaking.

And I saw that and I said, okay, initial reaction could be, I'm sure, power lines run across that bridge and if it breaks and those power lines snap, they're going to ground out on the bridge itself, potentially. However, the first one of those that pretty much would do that because you see, like this one happened a second later, that one happened, a couple of second later that one happened, then maybe another one or 2 seconds that one happened. So you got several seconds of short.

The power lines, it's not really called a breaker. I don't know the real term for it, but it acts as a breaker. It's on top of the power lines and it's basically a metal thing on a hinge and it touches and then it's good. And when it trips, it pops out. So they have these long poles that they can go up there and pull it down and put it back in place.

Again. But if there's a problem, it's going to trip and pop off again. Right? So when I see that, I'm going, that's an event that would cause it to pop. Then the second one happens, still didn't pop.

Third one happens, still didn't pop. Fourth one. And maybe there was probably several others we didn't see because the camera is only so wide. And it's like, okay, how many of those would happen without that thing tripping, right? So then it's going, okay, there's some questions to be answered there, right?

I saw another dock worker this morning saying, hey, where were the tugboats? Where was the pilot boats? There's a lot of weird things. Why wasn't the ship making noise with the horn there to warn of the collision? So there's a lot of all of that.

So let me play one or two clips of the mainstream news here just before we get our guests on the screen here and transfer over this conversation to rumble. But first here, breaking on CNN, they're of course charging Donald Trump here with a DUI in Baltimore. I thought that was absolutely funny. It's like, yeah, of course, blame it all on Trump. But I digress.

Okay, so let's hear Alex Jones here with General Flyn. It's about a minute clip. Let's play this here and we'll take it from there, Joe. So first of all, black swan events are usually from the financial world, right? Well, this actually will impact the financial world for sure, but these are events that happen that, you know, you just can't imagine that something like this is going to happen.

There are ships that transit every port, harbor, bay, particularly the large ports like the Baltimore harbor, every single day, multiple times a day. And for something like this to happen, that's complete violation of all standards and norms. They have what's called an SOP, standard operating procedures that every single ship's captain has to go through prior to taking off from the dock itself, actually, prior to getting on the ship. So everything that I see here, and the jury is going to be out for a while.

I was asked earlier today, Alex, can we take the idea that this was a terrorist attack off the table and. Absolutely, we cannot do that. All right, so, Joe, I think our guest is here. So I'm going to introduce our guests. We'll come back here to some of this mainstream news coverage after that.

Let me just quickly change slide decks here for a second present. Share screen yes. And then we're back up here. Okay, so guys, with us tonight, of course, is the grand master Wu himself, Mr. Cliff High.

Of course you can find his work on Twitter and you can also find him on his substac. Mr. High, you're looking, I dare I say, 20 years younger since the last time we saw you. How are you doing, sir? I'm doing pretty good, guy.

I've been working out. You look absolutely amazing, Cliff. Thank you so much for being on. Thank you for sending Joe and I an email this morning here talking about this specific event. I know you've been working in your shop all day trying to get through all of this data that you had run a couple of weeks ago.

I know you were late looking at all of that with everything going on in your life. So big. Thank you for you spending that time today. We're still triple casting right now, Cliff, on YouTube and also on Twitter before we move into a rumble here. So while we're still here on YouTube, can you take a moment to explain?

You put out quite a few tweets this morning, but you were suggesting that things are going to get a lot weirder here in the next couple of days and weeks. Let's have that delicate conversation here, maybe for the next couple of minutes. What do you mean by that? And then we'll continue here with the live coverage and the deeper analysis here of your web data on Rumble. Okay, so to give you an indication, to give you an idea of the intensity that you're going to start feeling for April, and you'll feel it that first week, actually, we're feeling it now.

We're looking at a period of time that has, in a sidereal astrology, where you're not looking earth centric, but you're looking solar system centric. But if you're looking at sidereal astrology, we're coming into a time where there's these alignments of planets that we haven't seen for over 2000 years. Okay? So it is like all that kind of tension has built up and it's going to come crashing out. This coming?

Well, we're in it now for these next 19 or 20 months. So the chaos that we're experiencing now is the ramp up and we can expect it to do at some point. And I actually think that'll be on Hitler's birthday, April 20. But at some point we'll catch a Fibonacci sequence, right? So it'll be a case of one day and then you have an event, and then you have an event of the same magnitude the next day, but then the day after that you have a magnitude that's double because it's basically the addition of those two previous events.

And then so it goes three, five, eight, et cetera. Right. And so it really starts ramping up and we're going to see the shock level of it in late April. But for those people that are aware of what's going on, you'll see the precursors of all of that coming out that first week in the ramp up to the eclipse. Okay, so we're feeling it now.

You were suggesting that perhaps some people that were very sensitive were actually feeling it already in January, perhaps december of last year. I think for the most part here of this audience, we're feeling it in April. And you were suggesting that that was also a setup here for perhaps June or July, for the mass awakening here of the rest of the population. Now before we go too far, we're still here on YouTube. I want you to explain where in your data, and if you can, if you looked at it today, where we find ourselves here in this emotional release language you had originally forecasted this 81 delta.

We've been incrementally increasing that over the last couple of months. Where are we today and where do you see that moving? Perhaps here in the next week or so as we get closer to the April eigth eclipse cliff. Okay, so I'm actually expecting, all right, so right now we're in the building tension phase that will accommodate that forecast by turning into release language because of circumstances, an event, a sudden change. I expect that to occur on the day of the eclipse, but to maybe not be really visible until the next day, until that following Tuesday.

I say that because they're going to have so much closed on Monday, the eigth, that maybe some of the effects of this will be delayed. But I'm expecting something akin to, I think it was 1987, black Monday in the stock market, 22% drop in a single day. I lived through that. I was working at fisheries at that time, and I remember how many of the middle and upper level management people were ready to slit their bellies because they thought all their savings and everything had been wiped out. Right?

I was just a kid then, relatively to these guys who were in their forty s and fifty s. So I didn't really grasp the impact on their lives. But I'm expecting something on that order of magnitude. Okay, that seems to fall in line with Joe's latest dream, also about April. We'll get into all of that, folks.

Let me just bring you the link down in the live chat. If you're still watching us here. On YouTube. Please move over now to the rumble conversation here so we can continue that unhindered. So I'll say farewell to you on YouTube here, and we will continue on rumble only.

Okay, so we're now live on Rumble and Twitter. Hopefully we could have this uninterrupted conversation tonight. We have a lot of data to go through. I wanted to go back almost a year with you here, Cliff, when this happened, this was one of your posters you had put out suggesting, hey, you guys are at war. Ping.

Hello. We have to look at a different reality moving forward. This was the inception, of course, of the war correspondent report to some extent. I think the media has been somewhat able to lull people back into sleep based on some of these events and the timing afterwards. But it looks now that this wind is shifting very quickly.

Do you agree with that statement? And where do we find ourselves now with respect to one of your webbot data reports that suggested that at some point here in the near future, the SOC, the self organizing collective, would make itself visible to the rest of the population? Are we almost here now? Plot this through here, this war effort. Where are we now, Cliff?

We're very close to that point of revealing of the SOC. Now, they don't want to do that. They do it because they're sort of exposed and they figure they had to set out some level of explanation for that exposure. Right. And so that's when they'll come out to a certain extent and say, yeah, this business is going on or has been ongoing.

Right. Okay. And I would suspect that that will be following April 20, right. Following the crash or the collision of the old civilization that we're living in now with the new civilization that is being given birth here through this process. Right.

And so that collision is going to be a great shock. That shock is going to reverberate all through May, and it'll be the awakening shock for the normies that will really jolt them awake. Cumulative in June or so. Is that what you meant, Cliff, earlier today with this particular tweet, Baltimore Bridge equals Pearl Harbor 2.0. I got a lot of plack retweeting that earlier today, people saying, oh, come on, guys, you're fear mongering.

It's nowhere to coast. I don't think we understand yet the ramification of what just happened today. The media seems to be not all on the same page of where they want to go with the narrative. It's still forming as it is now. Why are you making this statement?

Explain what's behind this. So when Pearl harbor happened, it was almost two weeks before there was any kind of a consensus across the United States that it wasn't a fake attack. There were still newspapers. It was on all the newspapers. But the penetration of the news at that level in that day was such that there were still people writing in their journals that they just heard about it two weeks later in Maine, that kind of thing.

Right? We're in a period of time here where we're in hyper novelty, so no one's going to really believe anything. So you'll get all of the media out there trying to promulgate some form of a story, but this one's going to be very difficult for them because of the nature of where we're at relative to the interest that must be protected by the corruption that's in power at the moment. Okay?

It's extremely complex. All right? So about six years ago, you can start finding articles, web post, blogs that were put out about the discovery of how easy it is to hack container ships. Okay? The technology is not that difficult because the container ships, by their nature, in order for things like Amazon to be able to tell you when you're going to get your package, all of these incredible level of sophisticated convenience electronics have to have a continuous satellite connection for these ships all the way across wherever.

And then just so they can get the same level of connection to all of the little barcodes on all of the containers and on the barcodes on the stuff inside, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. So this is all driven by an incredible continuous stream that is basically the Internet. So the part of the Internet that we're using right now is less than 3% of the entire bandwidth of the Internet. All right? So most of it is all of this digital traffic between digital devices that really impact.

So when we bring on something like AI, that has to have a certain level of resources devoted to it, because we're coming out of that 3%, that is the visible Internet. It may really impact the other part of the Internet if those resources are not there. And so we get this interesting little blend of dealing with all of these circumstances. So now these ships can actually be sunk in route. If you know how to hack these boats, you can hack the boats.

And the very first clue that the boat is hacked is the power goes out. Okay? Because at that point, you have to convert the operational system over to this emergency system that they've got that you can control from the satellite and it takes it away from the devices on the boat. And so then you could just open up all of the automated drains in the bottom of the boat and let it sink if you want. Or in this case, steer it right towards the weakest member.

Now, if you look at this, they try and get hold of it. And then something kicks out that back of that engine, right? And then it loses power again. But then right at that point, it hits the weakest member of the bridge. It was not just a straight on collision.

It wasn't drifting. It was steered. It was actually accurately steered, as though it was a missile. So this woman I know of, I can't think of her name at the moment, wrote a really good article about six or seven years ago about how she was worried about these things in Puget Sound. Less so there, but also the Columbia river and the waterways around Los Angeles.

Because container ships could just be made, she said, to disconnect from their controls and be steered. She used the bridge. She said, you know, it could just be steered right into one of the giant pylons for the San Francisco Bridge. Now, it wouldn't necessarily bring that down, right? Because those bridges are set on basically little islands, and so their pylons are back away from the water.

But also note here, there was no attempt that we're aware of that we can see any indication of. There was no attempt to throttle back. So it was not under human, in my opinion. Okay, as somebody who's a sailor, as somebody who actually trained in the merchant marine. Right, and worked on oceanographic vessels and had a rating, in my opinion, that was not under manual steerage at that point.

Because you would have assumed they would have seen what the hell was going on. And you would have also assumed that everybody in there was reaching for that control to start. Max, revert ears. Captain. Yeah.

Then it steers at the last minute. It turns slightly to impact that weakest member and bring it down the small section in order that the large section will fall. So you just mentioned seven or six years ago, these articles coming out on how easy that was. Now, on top of that, of course, is the predictive programming from this movie, leave the world behind. We did a decode on that when it came out in December.

And what was interesting in that there is a clip here of people on vacation at the beach looking at this big tanker heading straight for the beach, presumably here having lost control. But we learn later on in the film here that it is indeed a attack. And they're being used, these ships, as directed weapons here throughout the film. So, too are the Tesla cars. Now, when you go back and look at that, too.

And I want Joe's input on all of appears. There's another video here we're going to show afterwards where it appears, too, that there might have been strategic explosives placed on stress points at the bridge and that those went off at exactly the precise time as the boat hit as well. So there's going to be some more decode on there. But first, your thoughts on this. Hang on.

Yeah, go ahead, Joe. They're saying the name of that boat, I think, was called White lion. Yeah, let me scroll back one or two. And the container ship also, I think. Yeah, this one here.

So basically, the ship that crashed into the Francis Scott bridge in Baltimore was headed to Sri Lanka. The flag of Sri Lanka is a lion. And yes, the one in the movie was called the White lion. So there seems to be some connection there. Some people are losing.

Stop right there. Okay. All right. So also, the guy who was the previous captain of the ship that hit the bridge was ukrainian. Okay?

And it just so happens that that guy is related to people that are serbian, that are now under suspicion for messing around with machines they shouldn't have.

The plot thickens, captain. Right, right. The ukrainian fellow's last name is unfortunate because it's going to get him linked to several members of the ukrainian intelligence service that also have associations with Serbia. Right. Now, is that in all of this a red herring, so to speak?

Because we saw one of the spy chiefs of the SFB of Russia here earlier today suggest that their position now was that Ukraine, the UK, and the US were responsible for the terror attack in the Moscow theater. Just as we're now faced with this particular event, were they kind of suggesting here through this news that, hey, this is a little bit of tit for tat, or are we going way past this here? If we're looking at the war with the World Economic Forum and the front of the war with the Elohim, where does this all tie in for you, Cliff? Okay, so at some point, the regime here is going to have to acknowledge that this was not an accident. Okay?

They have to overcome a lot of hurdles to do that, but they will acknowledge that it's not an accident. At that point, there will be another Russia, Russia, Russia attempt to say that it was the Russians that did it in retaliation for the mistaken understanding that we did the op in Moscow. Okay, now, it's not true that that's a know. It's an accurate understanding that the US did the op through the Ukraine at the behest of the Elohim worship cult, which rules. Okay.

And owns all of these intelligence services. Now, the issue at this point is going to be how will the regime attempt to promote World War II using this event? Okay, so in World War II, the whole point of the attack on Pearl harbor was to get us in the war. That's why they put all the boats in the harbor. That's why they withdrew all the planes from the field, all of the different things that they had going on in order that Pearl harbor should come out as a great shock, a huge defeat for us and would launch us into the war.

Okay. So they may be attempting to do something with the Baltimore bridge that way, but it's going to be different because of the nature of the attack and the fact that we don't have planes overhead bombing and all of that kind of thing to make sure that there is a certainty about what's ongoing. There won't be that certainty. So let's give them a set of grace here and say that it'll be four days, five days maybe, before the regime starts grumblingly admitting that there might be some level of terrorism involved. Right.

And so will we see them ratcheted up slowly and then suddenly come to a conclusion, oh, my God, we were attacked by the evil Russians. And how will they play that along the way? Because there's so many people out there now already pointing all of these fingers to everybody else, not accepting it as an accident that the regime is going to have to run flak to all of these other disparate voices, all shouting off in tens of thousands of different directions when the regime wants to pull us all around? Russia, Russia, Russia, Russia. Even you people that are radical right wingers get on board here.

Russia, Russia, Russia attacked us. Right? That kind of thing. So it's going to be tricky as hell for these people to pull that off. And is that where I imagine it's going to be tricky as hell for the sock also to deal with this?

Because is that at that point where we force the hand of CIC Trump here to make an appearance? Speak about that a little bit here. Where do you see that? And have you seen clues of that in the data here that you've been sifting through all day also? Yeah, I've seen clues of that in the data, but the clues there are more for June and into early July, not in April.

You're quite correct that the SOC has a real problem with all of this as well. Okay. And so was this.

Okay, so I'm presuming it's the Elohim worship cult that's behind this, right, the mother wefers, because they're behind all of this, the central banks and so on. This is a good excuse for a crash in the market, but it won't be the actual bridge coming down. It'll be later when it dawns on everybody what the import is of those no longer being able to be imports or exports out of that particular region. Canada is going to be massively affected. Okay.

The entire east coast. And then it's going to split the country in a particular way because of what's going to have to be done to get goods routed, because there were very few facilities in easily accessed open waters that did not require transporting up through long bays and channels that were like the Baltimore, Maryland area, right, river fed, and all of these various different tidal effect mitigating circumstances, et cetera. It was a very nice port, and this is a very strategic infrastructure target when you look at it that way. Why don't I take a minute here, Cliff, let me play a clip from the war room here with Steve Bannon earlier today. And Laura Logan.

She goes into detail here about some of her contacts in the intelligence agencies, telling her here that this is indeed a terror attack and that it's cyber warfare to some extent. But she does explain here the battle lines being drawn between north and south and why this particular port is so strategic. And to your point, about Pearl harbor also, this being a bigger event than perhaps we even realize today. We haven't seen the ramifications of this yet. So let's play this clip.

It's about four minutes. I'll try to stop at three, maybe to get the gist of it, and then we'll come back and have an analysis on this and go through more of your Webot data reports. We need an investigation. What is your investigation telling you? I have a better question for you, Steve.

Why do you come into the mic telling the country that it's not terrorism when your own intelligence agencies are telling you it is? And I know they are because I didn't make this up. These are not my words. Right. I'm talking to people who are on the inside, some who are on active duty, some who are retired, and everyone literally, from critical infrastructure in department of Homeland Security to the intelligence agencies, they know this is a cyber attack on critical infrastructure corridor for the United States.

For those people who think this is just a river, this is in Baltimore. What does this matter? You don't know anything about what you're talking about. The I 94 corridor on the eastern seaboard is literally what connects the north and south. And when I talk about hazardous materials, right, this is a brilliant, well planned, strategic attack on one of the most important supply chains in the United States of America.

The only other one is in the western side in California. That's the only one that's busier. And what you have done, you now have shut it down. And when I talk about hazardous materials, what are we talking about here? This is refined fuels, right?

This is propane, gas. This is diesel. This is fuel. This is flammable materials. This is oversized loads.

Nitrogen, chemicals. Everything that you need for your economy to move has literally just been shut down for four to five years. How did they do it? They knew that they had to target one of two main anchor points on that bridge. There are two load bearing pylons that any structural engineer can identify that are on the end of each side of the bridge.

These are the ones that are thicker and stronger than anything else on that bridge. And when you hit one of those pylons, when you take that out, the reason you see so much of that bridge collapse instantly is you just bought 50% of the span of that bridge coming crumbling down. And what you don't see beneath the surface of the water seas is absolutely catastrophic. It is a structural nightmare and a logistical nightmare because you have the entire bottom part, the concrete part of that bridge. Okay, I'm just going to pause that there for a second here, too, because in a tweet, she also describes how this is dividing the country north and south.

And when I read that earlier today, I'm like, whoa, wait a second. That was also in your webbot data a while back, where we would have a division between east and west, difficulty of communication, and also north and south to some extent here. That also being tied into perhaps some et overflight stuff that seems to be in the data also here, perhaps, certainly the next two months. How does that tie in here? What you're just talking about, about separating the country north and south, Cliff.

Okay, so this is where it gets really woo y if you want, right? If you go back and look at the vedic astrology, we are replicating a particular point in USA history, and we've just done it in a staggering way. Slap in the face as we have brought back the Mason Dixon line. Okay, the line between the northern free states and the southern slave states, right. But it really was a demarcation between the northern states that were controlled by the government of the United States relative to money and the southern states that were captive of the London banks.

This was in 1861. Mason Dixon line preceded the split of the country. But this has split us right along those lines. Right. So it's staggering how much of this is playing out and how it's going to really impact us.

She's seriously correct about how much flow because we've been hit twice today. Okay. It wasn't just that the harbor, now that the port is shut down for who knows how many years. So she's talking, she says four to five maybe, to rebuild. Okay.

Right. And that's just one aspect of this, that's getting all of the debris out so that there can be traffic, safe traffic in and out of that area. Right. So that's going to take a huge amount of effort that we don't have the resources there now on the east coast to do a lot of. It's going to take a year to get the large boats that will be necessary over there and the crane boats and so on.

But there's another aspect of this, the bridge itself. The traffic that flowed across that bridge was basically what would happen is ships would come on in, offload everything into the ports in that entire complex. If you get in and look at a map, it's giant. They would not offload onto all these ports. And then all the goods they offloaded would head both north and south, most of them crossing that bridge to get to their destination.

So we've been hit both on the incoming from the import side and then also on the distribution side, to say nothing of the minor amount, relatively, of export trade out of there, although that was quite considerable. And I really shouldn't make light of it, right? So I know, for instance, right now that this is how weird this thing is, right? How tied in it is. There's a guy up north of me that's got, I don't know, maybe he's got 150 acres and he's got a lot of money, and he's building himself a massive prefab house up here.

And he'd elected to go prefab for a whole bunch of different reasons. Well, his house has to come through that port because it's coming from Germany. They build them in factories in Germany, put them into container ships, ship them over here, and it comes through Baltimore. So the rest of his house is not going to be arriving anytime soon. And then look at what it's going to do to the rest of the trans shipment.

Okay? The ripple on effect. Right. All of the stuff that's already in transit now has to be rerouted. That's going to tie up all of those ships, because they won't be able to turn around and go back and get another load or carry another load out.

So that's going to destroy the next month and a half or so of routing. So you got people that are all over the planet now that are in planning for these kind of things just freaking out about what they're going to do to get transshipment of goods. It's going to put a giant level of pressure on already pressurized container shipment, and then it's going to put further pressure on port facilities, which have to be booked. Like you would book an airline reservation. Oh, I'm going to bring a ship in.

You can't just show up and get accommodated. It doesn't work that way. And then you also have to have all the trucks there with all of the empty containers to take the goods off of the ships, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. So you just explained the logistical nightmare and all the angles that we're looking at here that might extend that four to five years further, 25 years, without even mentioning the hyperinflation, the fact that we're going into hyper novelty and that all of these control systems are going down and that we're going into a makeaway civilization as opposed to this top heavy down structural point of view. So even more delays are going to come through all of that.

Do you want to look more into this? Do you have any thoughts on why perhaps there was a no fly zone earlier today and why they're begging people and they're stopping all the drones from floating there? Was there something else with the ship with the containers themselves, too? Have you heard any scuttlebutt on that? I have been working on data, so I had not been looking at any of that.

I didn't know that it had come out that there was a no fly zone, but we did have weird data here. Okay, so for the past two times that I've done my little runs here, I keep coming up with this stuff around drones bringing down helicopters. So it may be accidental or it may be that. Oh, look, you're going to get a bunch of news helicopters flying around this bridge. Let's also add to the terror effect of this by getting a bunch of drones up there.

Joe would be the one to tell you. Could you crash a drone by flying it into the rotors or crash by flying it into the. So maybe. So maybe it's going to be something like that. We had drones bringing down helicopters in the data sets these last couple of times.

Cliff so let's get into some of this data. I took a few notes here before we went live today. I wanted to come back and ask you about the israeli mistake. So wherever it fits in your timeline where that comes back, we need an update on that. The sock coming out into the open, Trump's return, how this ties into this potential financial crash that you're looking at maybe potentially here, April 20, and what you're seeing in terms of this Elohim worship cult about them going absolutely crazy.

You did a few posts on this earlier today suggesting that people are going to go crazy when they hear it, but the worship cult itself also is going to go crazy in overdrive here, perhaps even putting people in jail or perhaps killing people and trying desperately to control the narrative, to take them out of that focal point here of humanity. So where do you want to start with the data? What was glaring at you here earlier today? I've got all different kinds of weird stuff here, a lot of it around the 20 April and the big shock that's going to be coming out. It might be another episode of weather wars only in an urban environment.

Right. So it may be something along those lines, something very atypical, some kind of a shock that we'll be talking about for weeks afterwards, just people talking about with their neighbors, talking about the events I'm expecting and have been for a couple of years now, a black Tuesday. Okay. And it is coincidental that the astrology lines up with Black Monday back in 1987 for this particular point in time, which is coincident with all this other weird stuff coming out about the energies involved around April 20. So I'm expecting that maybe on the 9th we'll get our black Tuesday.

That was a big deal. And the ripple effect back in 87 lasted for many months. And that was the beginning of the bringing down of the wall and all of these kind of major changes that occurred at that period of time. So I'm expecting that level of stuff magnified, and I'm also expecting that the building tension that we have now and it's been building up will come out crashing in the month of April. All right, so it'll come out as release language.

Now, it could be that a lot of that release language is in a major stock market ramp up. It's going to be hard to say how the regime is going to play this. One of the ways they could do would be to, and it depends on who did it relative to the Biden regime. Right. Because if there's a third player in the mix that did this event, then the Biden regime may think they're actually under attack and they may turn on the Elohim worship cult guys.

Right? Okay. So it's going to be really strange seeing how they play it out. It's not going down the way that they wanted. So they were anticipating.

The people in charge are playing the Bolshevik playlist. All right? And so they were supposed to do things this spring in anticipation of an October surprise, an October revolution and communism sweeping in here in the United States. And then they would take over the 14 major cities in the United States here by population, many of which they already control. And they would, over the course of the next three or four years, turn these cities into armies that they would use to go out and basically take over the countryside because of the famines that would be hitting by that point.

So this is just as the Bolsheviks did it. They took over the cities. There was the October Revolution. They took over the cities, but they didn't control the countryside. It took them until 1929 to actually conquer all of Russia and what we now think of as the former Soviet Union.

So it took them over ten years. They spent five years in the cities, and then they came out and took over the farms, and it went crazy. That's the same playbook that the CCP used in China. And they did it after a big gun grab. Now they come on out with this red alert office or whatever the hell it is that they're trying to know now has authority to come and take your gun if they think you're crazy or you're going to hurt yourself or something.

Right? Anyway, so they're getting ready for all of that, but all of a sudden they've got a new problem. Now, they could. The Biden regime could come on out and dump all kinds of money into an infrastructure and come on out and try and be like in the 1930s, using this as a big effort to try and mobilize the national will to rebuild the bridge, spend all the money, and they think, reinvigorate their hold on power as well as the economy, which they know is shit. All right?

So that would be one way that they could approach it. Their problem is going to be if they did not do it, so to speak. Right? So if they're wondering, okay, who did this and why? Because it'll be the why part that will really bug them.

Because the Biden regime is really tied in with the UK and with the WEF and all of this sort of thing. So the other approach to it is that we could have the crash the market crash absent or basically from these levels, absent a big push that the Biden regime may try and do, trying to do this, it'll be hyperinflation, but they would try and get the fed behind them, say that we're going to have a big infrastructure spending and all you companies get all geared up, et cetera, et cetera. Right. And also it would hire up all of the illegal invaders, the, quote, migrants. So they've got a lot of problems there.

They seem to be a threat in that earlier today, suggesting that they would rebuild it. And perhaps this is like the World War II stuff that just got people to work creating roads and hospitals and all that stuff here, too. So let me ask you this, though, in terms of the eclipse, I need to go back here because in the last couple of weeks we had all of these alerts. We had some counties in the states declaring state of emergencies towards this upcoming eclipse. We had these bionuclear response team being deployed, all that.

And then last week we had the mainstream news saying, oh, no, that's all tinfoil had, conspiracy, nothing to see here. But yet again this week now the National Guard being deployed here for the eclipse. Are you picking up anything in the web data suggesting here that we're having tumultuous time relating to the eclipse itself, like adverse effects of the eclipse, or are they using this as cover for everything else that just started today? Probably. And will keep going on in the next couple of days and weeks here.

Go ahead. It's a cover kind of a thing. What's in the data around this is activity. Okay. So it may be that our shooting starts, that it may pop off in Texas as a result of that.

It is advantageous for both sides that such a thing should occur. And they can each take advantage of it here and even a third party player could take advantage of it. We'll just have to see how this is going to roll out. But I'm expecting that it won't be particularly quiet. And the reason, obviously, is that they're thinking there's going to be terrorism, not that the eclipse is going to make us turn into zombies and that kind of thing.

And we now know that they're going to be dealing with the terrorism as a subject just because of even what happened today. They're going to have to deny, deny, deny, and then have to have some level of proof that their denials are even halfway believable. You're talking about the World Economic Forum, but at a higher level here, this Elohim worship cult, longtime data sets here were suggesting that we would get to this point in the future that you described, or that the data sets was describing as the israeli mistake. Now, on October 7 last year, I texted you that same morning when we saw those attacks and the results of that and what's going on now in the Middle east. And you said, no, we're already in the israeli mistake.

But I was trying to pinpoint when does the population realize that and then start turning the dial down to perhaps what will eventually be the demise of Israel or the dissolution of Israel? Well, just a couple of minutes ago now, Israel unleashed a major airstrike in Syria and deep inside Lebanon. So is this a continuation here? Are they using this as cover? How does that tie in to the strategic infrastructure targets being hit now in the United States?

That's a really good question. I mean, we know that it is the rabbinical council in Tel Aviv that's running all of these ops, even those in Ukraine, et cetera, even through the Biden regime. So they could see that it was advantageous to attack us, even if we were their minions doing their bidding, simply because of what they want to do to motivate our population in particular ways. And so it might be advantageous for the Elohim worship cult to do things, have israel do things that get a particular level of blowback and then have them try and link up that blowback with a then revealed cyber attack and bridge downing. In other words, oh, hey, poor victim Israel.

And then they turn to the United States and, look, your enemy is my enemy, right? That kind of thing. So this is the fog of war. This is hyper novelty. It's unlike other wars ever.

Because in the process of getting into hyper novelty, we're going to lose authority. So bear in mind what this means. Like in World War II, Korea, Vietnam, Walter Cronkite, Murrow, all of these people told you what was going on and you believed them because they were there. They were the authority, and you trusted them to be factual and motivated by integrity. We won't have that.

Okay, so in this case, we're going to have 10,000, 10,0000 different views of every single aspect of everything that's going to be occurring. A very much more difficult kind of wrangling for the Elohim worship cult to do. And bear in mind, the Elohim worship cult is very minuscule. They work through hidden through agents, so they can't exercise power directly. And when you have to convert power to force through an agent, it is greatly diminished.

You can never really be sure, they're going to do exactly the way you want, et cetera, et cetera. And so things have a tendency to get really wonky on you relatively quickly. So I'm still expecting that we will find some level of accidental nuclear contamination as a result of the activities of the Israelis in this period of time. The israeli mistake is a wide period of time, apparently, as is their genocide. But the population globally has already turned against them.

So in that aspect of it, now, all Israelis and to a certain extent, all Jews globally are pariah. They're outcasts. Well, we're seeing it as a result of all the world protests around the world right now. Yeah, absolutely. Speaking of the mainstream news and how they're dying, the narrative is dying.

The control here, the gatekeepers are completely losing the narrative. And we're seeing, as you're seeing now, many different points of views in order for us to understand our reality. We have 16,000 in live chat tonight. I think that's a record here on the show. But this is bringing up perhaps more panic on the side of the Elohim worship cult in the sense that we're seeing here in Canada and other jurisdictions around the world.

New legislation being put forward here for hate speech, life imprisonment, pre crime department. So where are they gonna say, I think you're gonna say this, so therefore I'm gonna put Joe JC Cliff in jail here, just in case they say it. Speak about that, too. That was in your web of data. But in the latest run here, what are you seeing in terms of these new tactics?

Perhaps one last grasp at trying to regain the control of the narrative? What are they going to do? And are they going to be successful retaking the narrative, or is this already lost for them? Cliff? It's already lost even here in my state.

They've now got a, quote, law that I'm just waiting for it to. I think it's been signed, but it has to go through this processing before it takes effect. But anybody will be able to turn anybody else in for hate speech and crime, think, right, and here's the hell of it. They've got a $2,000 plus bounty on there for you turning in your neighbors. And so I'm just waiting for that to occur, and then I would let it happen.

I just happened to tell people on Twitter, oh, it's live today. Because at that point, anybody could simply get a list of Washington state law enforcement agencies and call them up from any place in the planet and say, I want to report this synagogue. They've got a Talmud in there that says that it wants to kill all the gentiles, that it's a racially motivated crime. And so every synagogue, every rabbi can be reported and you'll get 2000 plus dollars for doing that. And you could be in Pakistan.

So imagine all the Pakistanis that have access to call centers that want to make a few bucks. Is this when we get the reports of all these tunnels underneath these like we had in New York there just a couple of months ago? Is this coming out more and more? Yeah, it's really mean. I've been trying for years to wrestle with and deal with this issue because like most of the population, it is difficult for me to conceive of a mind that can be that evil, right?

That can express evil that way. I mean, I can see doing evil in the anger of the moment, but I can't see living a life generationally that promotes such an idea. So it's difficult for me to envision individuals that are like that. But nonetheless, we're having to confront the fact that they do exist and that now we have to deal with it. And so here's the problem.

In the past, in modern human history, which is to say from the Kali yuga. So in the past 3000 years, we've had over 1000 expulsions of Jews from various different locales. But now we've had a situation where the jewish owned media, banking, military industrial, pharmaceutical industrial complex, all owned by the jewish population is now being indicted for these various crimes that used to get Jews kicked out of various towns or principalities or whatever, right? Genocide is a real big one on there. And so in this sense, we're getting a true colors revealing kind of a moment.

But we don't have the option of expelling Jews. Where are they going to know we can't kick them off planet, right? I mean, as much as what's his name, Dave Chappelle's joke of space Jews is hilariously funny and would know quite apropos if we could do that. I just don't see it happening. Well, somebody has to operate those jewish space lasers.

They're on airplanes anyway. So at this point, we have to confront the fact that Earth does not have a jew problem, all right? Earth has an Elohim problem and a big bad Elohim problem and a really nasty Elohim worship cult problem, right? Let's get into this hyper novelty. Also, I have Heidi Vandenberg in the chat.

She says, hello, cliff. And she sent me a message just before the show saying, hey, I just registered for rumble, because I got to watch your show tonight. So, Heidi, welcome back. It's been a long time. Been a long time.

Yes, absolutely. She's saying, of course, yes, the vedic transits are insane right now, but I wanted to hearken back on something you just said about the port and how disruptive it could be and how we don't yet all know the outlying consequences of all this. Bix was in the chat also saying, hey, there's a massive LBMA and London Metals exchange warehouse in Baltimore area. He and Jenny Moonstone were predicting just last week here on road to Ruda, on the private road, that there would be a bridge over troubled waters, and that perhaps there was an event here on the horizon. This was Jenny picking this up.

That would prevent the flow of metals and perhaps create a bigger havoc here on the control systems. Now, you've had it in your webbot data for quite some time that silver at some point would be broken free of this manipulation. You talked about the harvesting of the corn. To some extent. We're starting to see now the intelligence agencies being called out for all of this.

So we're at that point now with the farm products being recalled, at least, or at least being pointed out, how close are we? And is this event, perhaps, as Vix is suggesting here, leading us into this new price for gold and silver? I think you told the three of us last week that silver was going to be fighting all the way up here in the summer. Can you share that with the honest member? Where are we going here with gold and silver?

Gold to a lesser extent, but silver is going to get to that point where we're doing a dollar up a day and then $2 the next day, and then five, and then up to $20 up in a day. That kind of thing. That'll happen probably this year, in this summer. I mean, through this June and July. There's a big amount of data of emotional import for middle of July, actually, from July 3, but it's going to peak around the 15th and 16th, and that is creating an emotional ripple effect ahead of it that is making all this very muddy.

The common tie in this all the way through is the Elohim worship cult at the level of the financial suppression of everything. And so I'm of the opinion that the removal of the bridge will have effects that we won't see until the eigth or the 9th or the 10th. That will tell us, oh, my God, look what has really occurred here. And it may well be that that has shut down the ability of people suppressing silver, to get silver out of warehouses to other individuals under these kinds of conditions. Now, remember, we saw that there would be in the data way the hell back when that we would have conditions that would drive it to unobtainium in a very short period of time.

And so those kind of things are usually not, it turns out, the result of a lot of things happening all at once. Rather, the short period of time stuff showing up in the data really turns out to be all of us having an event happening. And then it takes some time, and then all of a sudden, we grasp the significance of it. Right? Just happen.

Yeah. Right. So it's more of us having to get in sync with a mental thing. And that's why it happens in such a short period of time. It's just like because the word can spread.

Oh, my God, no more silver shipments. Think of how that would impact all of the markets. Slowly at first, and then suddenly. Joe, let me ask you about your dreams to the extent I know you shared some of this on your Patreon with your community there@patreon.com. Jason four, what were you looking at for April, to the extent that you want to share here with this group here?

And how does that tie in now to what we just saw in Baltimore and what Cliff is picking up in his data also perhaps on or around April 20? Share that with the audience, Joe. Yeah, so I had a dream. I was heading to New Mexico with two friends. I never got to even see their face.

And that was the dream. There's two guys with me. We're riding out to New Mexico. I'm coming up to a stop sign that's a t. And I'm like, shit, I don't know which way I should go.

I better put in an address that I know of where we're going to be at roughly, so that they can tell me which way to go. I'm like, let me just pull over in the middle of the meeting. It was like the middle of the night, no traffic, kind of middle of nowhere. Pull over in the middle, start to get ready to punch it in. And I look and I see this lady walking about to walk in front of our car, and I'm like, oh, I know her.

I recognize her. Shit, she's in tears bad. Let's get out. Let's go see what's up, man. So I get out, and I walk up to her, and she's kind of looking down, but she's crying really bad.

And I'm like, oh, my God, are you okay? What's wrong? What's going on? And I'm expecting her, but based on a level of crying and emotions, I'm thinking she's going to say, my kid just got ran over by a car, I just lost my husband, just uttered the worst thing that could ever happen to you in your life. And she just looks up with crying and everything, and she goes, the market's going to crash in April.

And then, boom, wake up. And I'm like, damn. But she didn't say which market. And I'm like, well, shit, I'm waiting on this 20 cent XRP, man. Can she see the crypto market?

I got to guess, but I think it will. How do I play this one? I think it will start with the stock market. We may have some other black swans that cause a real quick crypto smash and then a real quick recovery, and then way off we go, I'm thinking. So maybe it'll play out.

Like, know, I'm not real sure. Can you, Cliff, add to that, too? In the older webinar reports, you're talking about this eventual big crash, and that essentially it would bring everything down, but then we would see a very quick pickup in cryptos, but everything else would not rise again the way it was in previous terms. And you were specifically talking about real estate. Hang on.

Since Cliff's here, he said that. The gray one. Most people, take your headphones off. Oh, my God. Okay, now it's a party.

That's still Donna Hughes. Yeah. They're not going to recognize me when I put my wig on. I love it. Oh, God.

These are troubling times, but we do need to laugh. So, yeah, Cliff, this idea of this weird transition of time where we let go of the old system, everything crashes, and then suddenly we have perhaps one, two, but maybe even three resets. Share that. There's a lot of new audience members. Yeah.

Okay. So the three reset part was basically the powers that be deciding that we're going to try and make all the plebs take these devices. And so the first reset is the central bank digital currency. Then they'll come up with something. When we reject that soundly, they'll come up with something else, and then they'll come up with something else and then fade away.

Those are not necessarily directly tied to the actual activities of all the markets and stuff. Now, to Joe's point, right, that everything would crash. It is conceivable, especially now that we've had this particular event.

There we go. Okay. Now that we've had this particular event, it is conceivable that we could have the cryptos take a big hit if there was an attack that would take the Internet down for a while. Right. Because you would have basically everything on hold, but you would also have, in that period of time, you would have all those people that have put in all of the trading orders that they might not have been as well thought out as they anticipated.

And under certain circumstances, they could be triggered by a lack of power, a lack of other data. The machines that keep track of the indices that they're basing their trade on, not getting a feed, so everything drops off over time, et cetera. And so you could have that circumstance arise and then it would pick up very rapidly. The rest of it just won't. Right.

There's going to be all kinds of problems with gold and silver and precious metals otherwise, as well, platinum, palladium and so on, especially now that we don't have transport. All right. And we won't have transport for who knows how long. It would be predictable that at least 60 days there will be ships still trying to offload their load now due to no port facilities. All right, so that would be two months before they could get turned around to pick up another load somewhere else.

And so that kind of a ripple means that basically we'll still be dealing with port disruptions just on the offloading side of it, import disruptions for the rest of this year. And then, so all of 2025 will be dealing with these issues, and then so on and so on for a number of years. Those kind of things are going to be major market movers. Will we have a crash on the 9th after the solar eclipse as a result of this? If we are going to have a crash, this certainly brings a market crash more forward based on what's going on here.

Now, imagine a situation where this is exacerbated by infrastructure problems that may or may not be able to be proven as terrorism, that relate to telecommunications, that affect banks. All right. Wow. You've mentioned before also that when we have stock market crashes in April, they're very different than the cyclical ones we typically get in October, that they spell out bigger, massive changes. Speaking of that, I have to get back to Veritasium, one of your old web data reports.

The big line was at some point, the government comes in, hat in hand, to Reggie Middleton to try to fix what was broken. As we're seeing now, some of these temporal markers line up for us. Do you think those conversations perhaps are already happening between the sock and Reggie? Do you point that out to you're. You're.

You're making the assumption that it's the sock. I'm not. Okay? It could be the Biden regime totally freaking out, trying to figure out how to get their ass out of the stew pot. And that's the most likely pressure scenario, is that Reggie would be approached by someone from the Biden regime or someone basically from the Elohim worship cult, trying to come up with a solution for their problem, which is that nobody wants their stinking central bank digital currencies, right?

They've got a big issue there, just like it is at the same level of magnitude as the shots, all right? It is the same level of hard sell to get us to all convert over to the digital currency at exactly the same level of emotional resistance that you would have found. So if we'd had two separate planets and you were able to basically measure the emotional tone, they would have had to put as much effort in selling the shots as they have to sell the central bank digital currency. Only now they can't sell the central bank currency because they failed so miserably in selling the shots. And they've exposed so much.

Right. So they polluted their potential for selling us the central bank digital currency. They felt they had to crumble the society in order to move it in as a solution. But there's enough people out there saying, that's no solution that I want any part of, right? And so that's basically the issue that the regime and the WEF and all these people have is that they're running up against a level of emotional resistance.

And it's know, I've seen communism. I see what goes on in the CCP. I know that when they come to take my guns, that will be my last chance ever to use them, and so I will. Right. So it leaves them with no option than using bigger force.

And the more force they use, the more people wake up and say, ha, no, I'm this far, no further. You talked about the attacks, the weather, wars. I want to go back to that too, because we've seen this directed energy weapon expose in the last couple of months. Laheno, I think, was the first one that really put it on the radar for a lot of us doing the research. Then in Mexico, we're seeing these.

Paradise, California, was the original forest fire. Yes, absolutely. You suggested maybe also that we could be looking at one in Florida. Is that still in the data? Have you seen that today?

You share that with the still weather. Wars are still way up there. I've got some notes that are looking for this. Hang on a second. They're showing up at about the same time that we get into major shortages in 2nd, third, and weeks of April.

Hang on a second. I got to see where I wrote my note. I didn't bring my glasses with me. There we go. Okay, so we know that the space lasers are not really from space, okay.

They're from airplanes. So this is going to contribute to what's going on here is that the fuels, aviation fuels that used to go down the I 95 corridor will not, because of the bridge being taken down. Okay. So they won't be able to fuel chemtrail planes. There will be a major impact on airlines all up and down the east coast because they won't be able to get fuel shipments.

This will make a big level of shifting, just like with the boats trying to offload. So now they'll have to shift as much of the air traffic as they can over to the west here. Right. And so that's going to impact the weather wars. So Joe's going to have to tell us, I don't know when the dry period is in Florida, but they will have a very brief window to get something going in that dry period.

But they're going to have to fly for a long damn time because they won't be able to launch from the east coast if that dry period is anytime past May, because we're going to run out of fuels relatively quickly. And you're going to start seeing, like, Berlin airlift kind of things, where you'll have military start having to fly in fuel and stuff to airports just to keep the airports functioning. This chaos is just. You have no idea, guy. Absolutely no concept of what this has done to the north american continent.

This will have ripples that will be impacting Alaska two weeks from now. All of Canada is going to be affected. Two weeks from now, you'll start seeing the $10,000 a ton in chocolate. Start thinking $100,000 a ton in chocolate to get it delivered to factories. Right.

Joe, you've had dreams about having to leave Florida, I think one in your plane, one in one of your winnebagos or something like that. In this particular video, they're talking about some of these green lasers here scanning. Apparently this was in Cape Coral, Florida, here, just a couple of weeks ago. Are they perhaps mapping now for this next directed energy weapon kind of scenario that we've seen here over the last couple of months? Share your dream and what you think about here, what the future holds for Florida Joe.

Yeah. I've not gotten anything about any kind of either fires or anything like that. All that I've gotten for Florida in particular was flooding events. Okay. Like, I remember getting an rv or something.

I was heading north out of Miami area, and I was like, just getting out of the nick of time because I knew like a wall of water or something was coming. And I'm like, you know, I got to go, go, keep going. And both the interstates were just like, stopped. I'm like, there's only two, so it's like, I can go to the right east coast or left west side and there's one interstate on each side and they're not exactly real wide either. So it's, my God, if you had to leave Florida, forget about it.

That's why I've always prepared, like, I'll just. I mean, if water's coming, you're not exactly staying. So my wife had, I remember some dreams she had, and she was like, you know, we went to leave in a vehicle and it wasn't tall enough. So we came back and then got into maybe an rv or something, and then we were able to leave. She goes, then when we came back to look at, like, what do we have left?

We were surprised, like, oh, wow. It didn't quite really damage our house or anything. So it was a close one. However, that looks. I've heard from another psychic I know that had mentioned they're going to start hitting Florida with those weapons.

When's the dry period there? Yeah, May starts getting around. May, June, July. They already have forest bans here where I am between Montreal and Ottawa. And that's so weird because we're usually flooded.

It's flooded in my backyard right now, but they're saying because of temperatures, we're having these brush fires already. I'm like, where? It's like full water still. So they're pimping this out here. So I don't know if they're preparing for another summer of these crazy forest fires here in Ottawa and the rest of the world.

You're saying that's pretty much in the web data. They're pushing that again this year. It's going to be a big part of our reality. Yeah. All kinds of weird stuff about videos as a motivating factor around, let's call it, like, climate terrorism, we're going to have to come up with a new word for these guys that go around and spray napalm in the forest in order to create forest fires along particular county roads.

And this sort of thing. But there are people that are paid to do that in order to pimp out and create and drive the climate narrative. So some of these guys are going to get, okay. So in 2024, in a general sense, the data has come up with something I haven't seen other than through an allusion to it, a reference to it. But in this time, I'm seeing the actual language for justice, for vigilanteism, for reaction, for activity, for dynamic response.

And so I'm expecting that at some point here, we're going to get citizens constituting common law courts in various different areas, jurisdictions and the local controller structure, the maritime courts, perhaps even sheriffs, but certainly police. And these kind of things will freak out, okay? Because it will not be under the control of the maritime judges, none of these elected officials and so on, but they will do legally constitute common law courts. In common law courts, lawyers are not allowed. Okay, you argue for yourself, and the prosecutor argues for the people, and all of this stuff is done under vote.

At the circumstances at the time, I don't have them here, but there's books on how to establish these. They're a history in the United States. And I'm expecting that this will be a sign or a temporal marker. The first constituted common law court that comes to our knowledge, taking action in the form of an arrest and so on, is really reaching the visible sign of a wave of vigilanteism that leads into justice as a dynamic activity. And so some of the data shows, as far as the weather wars, that people get, like, individuals get their faces seen and videotaped as acts of committing acts of climate terrorism, not like the climate crazies gluing themselves to the road, not that kind of thing, right?

But to the point. And then also there's going to be injuries and death involved in this. So someone out in the woods, a logger, sees somebody coming along, spraying napalm and setting fire, and he just pulls out his rifle and deals with it, right? And then we find out about it as he has to explain all the circumstances to the sheriff, and it all comes out. So there's this event lag time and then another lag time for us to get the information and then absorb it.

And then there's that instant change as that piles in, and we shift gears mentally. And that's what we're in for this summer. And the normies are not up to it. And that's why June and July are going to be terrible for them. And in the end of July is when the data seems to indicate that we run right in smack into the Elohim.

Right. Okay, so there's almost 19,000 in a live chat. A lot of new people, Cliff. And they're like, who are the Elohim worship cult? Again, this is a long conversation, guys, I encourage you to go watch this video.

I did my best to put all of this into this one video here. I did three series of these by the ways angels and the great Deception exposed this particular video with Paul Wallace, we get into all of the mistranslations in the Bible and who these Elohim are. Do you want to spend just a few minutes here? Just a couple of minutes? Okay.

Just to explain the cult, though. All right, so the Elohim are space aliens, and they are the people that the Bible describes as the sky council. And 200 of these individuals landed on Mount Herman, and they invaded Earth. And this is in the Vedas. These are the people that are the gods in the roman pantheon, the greek pantheon, et cetera.

These individuals invaded Earth and did things to humans such that they could then come down, just technically advanced space aliens looking very much like us. They could come down and claim to be gods. There were people on this planet that fell for that. These people lived primarily in the region of Babylon that fell for this scam, so to speak, by these Space aliens, and they became the space alien worship cult. And these space aliens are of a Species that they call themselves El or eloah.

The people that fell for this scam spoke protohebrew, okay? In proto Hebrew, when you saw many of these space aliens, it was a plural, and so you would say elohim, meaning many Eloah. Okay? So that's where the ElOhiM part comes in. The cult itself is Babylonian.

The cult itself is what the Bible calls and what Jesus called the Pharisees, the synagogue of Satan. Okay? In my opinion, Jews are wrapped around this cult like a protective cloak. And you can't get to this cult because you have to fight your way through all these jew normies that think they are participating in an active sort of, like, real religion, as opposed to this inculcated Stockholm syndrome religion. That is Judaism.

If you read the tenets of the babylonian TaLmud or the MIsHnah TALAMud and you read that and you're not jewish, in my opinion, you will find a lot of times where you are in a state of revulsion that how could they be a, so stupid as to write it down? And B, how could anybody think this way? In any event, Though? So this group is what we call the Satanists. They actually believe that their God is Lucifer, and Lucifer is the good guy.

And they've taken this IdEA, and they took it out of Babylon, and they brought it into Judaism. And so that's at the core of Judaism. If you're a talmudian Judaist, right? Not if you're a Torah believer. Not if you're that kind of a JEw person.

But if you believe in the law that is written down now, finally, in the Talmud, then you are under the sway of the Pharisees, who have constituted themselves now as these rabbinical councils. And so, in this sense, the organizational structure is the structure of the Rabbis, the schools, forum, et cetera, et cetera. And so that's the Elohim worship cult. So in the same manner that the United States has been infiltrated by the communists, and in the SamE manner that the communists have control over large parts of the United States and our organizational infrastructure, in that same manner, the Pharisees have infiltrated Judaism. And in that same manner, they have power and control over the Judaics, the Judaism itself, and the people that call themselves and think of themselves as Jews.

In their structure. They identify these individuals by the term Zionist because of their action, not because of their lineage or their ideology or their philosophy. So I go a step further, because not. So a lot of Zionists, in my opinion, are simply Normie Jews that are brainwashed. Just like you could get.

A white supremacist KKK member is just a Normie guy trying to fit in with the crowd and do what all the other guys in his area does. That kind of thing. Just drinking the Kool aid. Yeah, right. There's a lot of those.

Okay, so I try and differentiate to get at the people that are actually causing the problem, because I think we have an Elohim problem on this planet. Because the Elohim, the space aliens, have not gone anywhere. And there's stuff going on. On the moon. Yeah, there's a lot of them anyway.

And so that's where we are in this thinking. And sorry to be obscure about that, I just say it without even going into any details and trying to explain it, because I just figure everybody knows. Well, I got about 40 hours of research just to do those two interviews, guys. So I try to condense it all, just go check it out on Rumble, and then we can come back and have a further conversation on perhaps what's happening in the moon. Cliff and I are supposed to do a part two to the Sci-Fi world lunacy.

Maybe we'll do that in a month or so, but stay tuned. But do your own research. There's a lot in here, for sure. Before I let you go, Cliff, I wanted to talk about the yugas of time. You mentioned that earlier in the show, and I had Heidi there in the chat saying, yeah, the alignments are really crazy.

Now we're entering this new world. I have this on the chart now, too. But I want you to speak about this hyper novelty and the effects on humans to some extent. We have old texts that are being translated now as we go through these cycles around the planet. We have utter examples of perhaps humanity going through that.

So talk about what perhaps is happening to humans now. We're seeing people with different abilities show up. Apparently, this is going to be exacerbated here as we move into 2024. I saw a news article today that was absolutely crazy, that some people are also having what mainstream news is calling a visual kind of disorder, but they're starting to see demons out of the faces of other people. Is that like in day when they wear the glasses?

Or is this part of hypernovelty, where people are starting to see perhaps some of these people who are not who they appear to be here on the planet? How do you tie that in? And let's talk about. Okay, so the idea of the yugas is that our solar system, all right, so we don't live in a flat plane. Our solar system is all of us planets being pulled around behind the sun like a comet.

Our solar system has a sinusoidal orbit up and down the edge of the Milky Way galaxy. It takes 12,000 years to rise up, 12,000 years to go down. And when you're in that middle dense area, that's the Kaliyuga, and the humans are also dense. So we've just come out of one of those. So, a, we don't know how this will manifest, so nothing is off the table.

B, we've had historical references that as you get towards the golden age, you get skin changes where you have blue people, green people, et cetera. Right? All different kinds of changes, eyes and these kind of things. So we can't rule these things out because we have no real history with it. And all of our history has been occluded by the Elohim worship cult guys who have to do that in order to prop themselves up as gods.

So we don't know for sure, but we do know that there are actual effects. My data sets back in the 90s were saying, we're going to get into this period of strange energies from space. We're there now. The sun went from yellow to white. It's got a very intense shade of something going on in it right now.

As we get into this next phase. The guy who is most accurately reflects the mathematics of the yugas, who really understood him was this guru, this mathematician, Yukta Sabar in India. And he said that we left the Kali yuga in 1700. I disagree. By a year.

I think it was 1699. And I have reason to believe that. Reasons why? I believe that. In any event, though, he said that it's going to follow the trail that we had in the past.

So the length of the Kaliyuga, the descending Kaliyuga, and then the rising Kaliyuga was 2400 years. We have various subsets of that. As you leave each of these yugas, you will have, like, a hangover affecting the populace going forward. We're now coming out of that hangover. That hangover for us was 300 years, plus the following 75 years.

We've gone through that 300 years since 1699, and we're in the 26th year of that 75 years. In that 75 year period of time, we're supposed to have 25 years building to chaos. 25 years of living through chaos, and then 25 years of chaos fading. When we live through chaos in that middle 25 years, and we're there now. We're in that 26th year.

When you live through the chaos period, you get this point where the increasing radiation from the galactic center that is now coming into our solar system will start triggering effects in the human. And it may be just mental, but there's no way we can rule out the possibility that we actually have gene sets that will respond to these emanations. Okay? Right? And so we've had weird effects that we're all aware of.

Hey, been thinking about the roman empire lately, that kind of stuff, right? All of these mass psychic episodes be on a collective fashion. So there's nothing off the table that way now. So that having been said, how many people are having trouble with their sleep? Right?

So now we can start getting into some of this. And you see that indeed, we could have people. I suspect people will become far more psychically sensitive. I suspect we will become in tune with some of these energies. I also suspect a lot of people will go batshit.

A lot of people will kill themselves with drug overdoses because they won't understand what's going on and other methods of killing themselves again because there's no support. They don't understand what's happening to them, and they think they're being exhibiting, going mentally ill. And so it's going to be really rough that way. But I also suspect on the other end of it, we will have some exceptional individuals pop up that will have new and hopefully socially supporting skills and abilities. Really abilities, because it'll take a while to develop a skill out of it.

But remember that if we look at the ancient history and you see all of the non Elohim, you have to get out of the Elohim worship cult influence to get clear text, right? Because they were the ones that invented superheroes. They're the ones that think that, in fact, Superman's last name was something. Something l. Okay.

If you go to texts that predate all of those and you start looking at the old Sanskrit and stuff, you'll find stories, a lot of them in the form of hymns that describe individuals that had very interesting kind of characteristics and skills. Right? You get these ideas even outside of the Bible and stuff, of people that were exceptionally long lived. Right? So this was in the past.

We know that some of those individuals lived through and carried these abilities into the yuga. And if you go look, you can find some individuals in areas in India and so on where I think in this one episode or one individual where he died, he was 163, but he was like 108. And he had two sons with a woman who was in her fifty s, I think, or 40s. Okay, so this was unusual for humans now and unusual for humans at that time. But it may have been a holdover, a remnant of the way things used to be way back in that pre Kali Yuga period.

So I don't put down a lot of ideas that people are experiencing strange effects because we have no way of knowing how this is going to manifest, except that I know that we won't think it's normal. And so that's part of the hyper normal situation we're in now. The other part of the hypernormality is the fading of the idea of authority, right? Where there's anybody that can tell you anything for certain and for sure, because they've lied to us for so long, you simply won't accept it. So here is a really concise way of thinking about it.

We're in a period now, and I'm already there personally. But by June, we will get into a period of time where a lot of the normies will no longer give their consent to be governed.

Imagine the time you spoke about before I let you go, Cliff, first of all, thank you again for all of your time here. Sure. I'm sorry, Joe. I didn't mean to come in and suck all the air. No, no, I appreciate it.

We all wanted to hear from you. We haven't heard from you in a long time. And I appreciate, Joe, also your patience and all this and the audience, too. You just mentioned sleep is a big problem for now. In the last two weeks here with these eclipses going on, the one that's coming up here, too, we're getting reports of this all day long here on our chat rooms here during our videos.

How did you come to the pure sleep thing? Why is it good? And why could it be a helpful tool here, as we move into, even more deeper into hyper novelty and crazy town really starts appearing for the Normie land here, Cliff. So I died from colon cancer in 2018. I was 128 pounds.

They threw me back, and I didn't want to be back. The body was not really supportive of me. I couldn't sleep because of the damage to my colon from all of the surgery and to my body from the cancer itself. So I needed some aid. At first, I turned, like everybody to melatonin.

And then I did some research and discovered that we have a calendar in our brain. That calendar is in the pineal gland. That calendar is driven by melatonin at micro fractional levels. Nowhere on this planet is there a melatonin dose that is below those levels. All the melatonin doses are way too high.

So you take one melatonin tablet and you destroy your 365 day calendar in your pineal gland. I was not willing to do that. I was still basically trying to die anyway. I was only 128 pounds, right? And I'm 182 now, so big difference.

Anyway, so I came up with pure sleep after about eight months. It took me about eight months to come up with a formula to figure it out, to do the research. I was very damaged from the anesthesia. That's why it took so long. And then I had to experiment with it.

I finally came up with the formula, and it works. And it was like, oh, the beauty part of it is you feel rested when you wake up, which is a big deal if you're only able to sleep three or 4 hours a night at any given time because of the nature of cycling food and the gut surgery, et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. Right, right.

It really is a significant aid. It's 2024, and I'm still using it, and I have no problem with it in terms of it doesn't affect the gut or anything like that. And it's not addictive. It has GABA in it. Right.

Which is why you can't sell it in Japan because they've listed that as a prescribed substance. But that's a precursor to the human growth hormone. So every it, you get some muscle growth with it. That's amazing. Especially if people are inclined right now to get back into fighting shape with everything that's going on in the world, it's important to recover.

And you do that during your sleep. Guys, the links to the pure sleep here is in the description box below. You'll find that on pure bulk. Please do go check it out if you're having trouble sleeping. Why not natural product there.

I love that cliff. Before we go to, let's talk about Shungite. Why Shungite is important right now, how that ties into the elohim, maybe coming back, targeting individuals and this whole hyper novelty, and how Shungite can help us through all of this. Right. Shungite is that mineral that's from Russia that hit the part of Russia that's called a giant meteorite of it.

It is a mineral that has buckminster fullerenes in it. And it has it in a particular kind of a structure that allows this fullerene to absorb EMF. And so if you have it touch on your body here, it gets the EMF across the whole body. It equalizes it across the whole body. So theoretically, and as far as I'm able to test, even radiation sources behind me are mitigated by the fact that I've got this, even though it's on the front of me.

So it's tremendous for dealing with this kind of stuff, especially like 5g. If you're around those 5g lights and these sorts of things. Radiation is really key. If you go listen to Lee Merritt, she has this theory that all of our diseases, even going way back into the 18 hundreds, are related to the increasing electromagnetic frequency coming out. And she can plot these flus developed on this particular schedule when these particular frequencies come on out.

And I don't think she's particularly wrong. We're in a position here now where we can't go back, right? So you need to understand, we will never go back to a frequency free world. We'll never go back to that pristine kind of a state where you're not being bombarded with electromagnetic frequencies and nor would you want to because you're addicted to your damn phone. So you'd better do something to protect your body from the EMF.

And shungite is the best approach. Now you can do it individually by wearing shungite. You can put little shungite stickers on the back of your phone. You can get shungite and mash it into dust and paint it in your walls, all different ways. You can have shungite sitting next to you.

If it's within a three foot proximity to you, it's mostly effective. So if it's raw and it's big enough, you can put in water all different kinds of things to different ways to use it. Really need to research it. It's non invasive and can't harm you. Right, guys, if you're looking for the beyond mystic shungite pendants, there's only a few left.

The ones on the right here, that was a limited run, but we're just now getting started with the new sending ravens one. So you see the raven here on the left. If you go to ascensionorganites.com, Carla has just put the page earlier today here. She's been working the last couple of months on the second design here with the ravens, and she's ready to take orders there. So coupon code there is shungite 15.

That'll give you 15% off here, either of these two beautiful pendants. And I'm going to be giving away also tonight this beautiful pyramid from Carla. This is the spring collection. Again, if you're looking at getting any of these in your own possession, go to ascensionorganites.com. And there, for the pyramids, it's beyond mystic in one word.

We'll give you 10% off here for the coupon code. Cliff, I'll give you the honor as we give away this pyramid here tonight. No, hang on a second. All right. One aspect of this, you're going to have to start throwing this in.

Please allow extra time for.

Right, you're right. Thank you for that, Cliff. That's a very good point. I think for everything else right now, too. Guys, if you want to stock up on your stuff, do it now while you still can.

This luxury that we have next day shipping with Amazon, perhaps the days are numbered with all of this moving forward into this world. So, yeah, be responsible here. Look at yourself and take the decisions that are best for you and your family here as you stock up for these crazy times. Okay, Cliff, let me give you the honor here of giving away this pyramid. Typically, what we do is we ask a question in the live chat.

Oh, my God. Almost 20,000 people watching there. No, let Joe do it. Let Joe do it. I'd be too nervous.

Okay, Joe, we have to ask a question that's easy enough for people to remember. And the first one who answers correctly, your question, will win that pyramid from Carla. So perhaps, do you want to ask about your trade and why and what number you want to get back in in XRP? Is that the question? You have another question in mind?

What would you like to do? How about, what was the low price I shot in that dream? Same dream of 20 cent XRP, but for ethereum. What was the exact price I got for Ethereum? The low price for Ethereum.

Okay, it takes a few seconds for this to populate. What was Joe's low price for ethereum? Oh, I think I got almost. No, almost. Oh, yeah, right there.

Tsn bad. This one here. Tsn bad. That's it. There you go.

Tsn bad. You're the winner of this amazing pyramid here by Carla. If you go to beyondamistic. Net top page there, you can send me an email, let me know that you're the winner of this pyramid tonight while you're there. Also, if you're interested in becoming a member of the insider access pass, we have the spring annual sale going on now.

Spring 50 is the coupon code. It'll give you 50% off here. The annual pass. This gives you access to all of our content on pay per view, in priority viewing. And if you're interested in taking a course, also, whether in astrology or tarot or anything else esoteric, please peruse the library here at thebeyondmistic Academy there.

Also, the 50% discount code is valid up until March 31, and that spring 50 is valid on all the courses and the workshops. Joe, before we go, for people who. Okay, I forgot to mention this. You had an interesting note the other day, and you were kind of guided to put something up on your own rumble. Given the times that we're in now and the panic to own that is just around the corner.

Let me bring that link up here. I had this in the private chat for the audience members. What is this? This is on your Rumble channel. Joe, explain what happened and why you put up this video here.

Yeah, entheos messaged me and know, I know you got some videos or how to's kind of thing that behind your paywall or whatever, but do you think you would be interested in putting it up on Rumble and maybe just earn some ad revenue or whatever on rumble or something?

Because he know there's going to be a lot of people who need to know how to get in and start getting used to it and figuring it out. So when he says that to me, that automatically tells me I know, he knows about stuff. So he's letting you know crypto is going to be a big deal. And so I had replied to him, I said I had this dream about April and whatever, I said, but might be a good idea to go ahead and put that up soon because then people can figure out how to get in case that we do have a nice little drop. It'd be the perfect time for them to actually get in and buy something because I think it's going to go up quick after that.

So I thought, man, if anyone else had asked me that, I don't know if I would have done it. But, you know, he's asking. He's for the people. I'm for the people. You even got to ask me twice, man.

So I just said, yeah, let me put that video up there. Give it out. So I put the link guys in the description box below. It's also in the live chat. Now, this will bring you to Joe's Rumble channel.

I invite you while you're there also to subscribe as Joe is putting more and more content there as we're heading into even more censorship, as you guys know, on YouTube and other platforms. So please do subscribe to Joe's Rumble channel here. Jason four. And for the people, Joe, who need a little bit more than perhaps a crash course, they need a community. They might need some, a little extra handholding.

What do you have for them on your Patreon here@patreon.com? Jason four yeah, we got a couple of plans. Really? The 20 plan a month is really all you really need for the most part, the $40 plan is when people, a lot of people ask me for portfolio reviews. I got all these damn coins.

Should I get rid of any? And yeah, take that and put it all into this one or spread it across these three. You get a bunch of shit coins. Get rid of those things like that. Sometimes people might have a question about, is this a legit email?

I think, do I need to update my treasure? No, don't fucking click on that. It's a scam. Like, shit like that. Before you do it, just message me, right?

I'll talk to you. I'll message you back. So most people just need the 20 plan, but I get these dreams or something, but I get a crypto trade or whatever it is, I tend to post it on there. Or it's like, woo. Wood called man spirit said to get vet things up 50% right now just from a little while ago when he gave it to us.

So I'm like yeah, I might want to scrape, maybe to scrape some off that. So I went ahead and scraped some off of that, but I'm in a couple other trades waiting at the, you know, just stuff like, know, sometimes I'll get maybe an interesting dream or something that has nothing to do with that, but it's like, yeah, I think I should keep this private and share it with these guys because this is really interesting. Well, let me ask you to give perhaps some advice here moving forward. Crypto, the reset, the stock market. I'll ask you, Cliff, also for your last words of advice here before we go.

But Cliff, as it pertains to the markets, planning your trade, trading your plan, not acting on emotion, not winning any stupid prizes here. What would you say to the audience members here before we go? Some words of wisdom here from you, Joe first. Me first. Yeah, I was just looking a comment.

I wear my shungite. Somethingness doesn't remind me of that damn song. I wear my shung.

I love it.

We have to ask Steven to do that one. That's me. We're my shungai that night.

Look, we're getting into some serious shit, but Clifford said, this will do to said this. I've said this, JC said this. I'm sure other guests JC's probably had on has probably said this. And we chose to be alive in this soul, in our soul, in this bodies right now, somehow, we signed up to be here for this big show. So it's scary.

Some people are going to get hurt. Some people are going to get killed. Some people are going to make fortune. Some people are going to lose their ass. There's going to be a whole slew of stuff.

But just know you were here at the right time to experience this. So your soul gets a big old checkbox of, hey, I was fucking around at this know in human history, man, that's a big poster you put on your wall. So the thing is, we try to give you guys advice about know again, have some cash on hand, have some crypto, have some gold and silver, have all these things. Have your stash of food. You're going to need a weapon to protect yourself, guns, et cetera, things like this.

Shit he's talking, Cliff's talking about tonight. Shit can turn. Like he said. All of a sudden, people are setting fires in the wood. Next thing you know, you got fucking citizen vigilantes running up and down roads at night, taking checkpoints and shit.

Like shit change. It can change instantly. And that's when everybody else figures it out and it goes, oh, I got to go get this. I got to go do that. Too late, there's sold out.

They're gone. You can't get them. A new law was passed. Whatever. Now you're done.

You got to get these things now. So again, it's not rocket scientific. Have a gun. You need a gun more. More than one.

Probably some ammo for that gun. This is to protect yourself mainly. And remember, I had a dream about Trump, like, when something happened with Trump. And I go, shit, when that happens. And it was his to right after that, I go into this other dream where I'm like, going into my gun safe, and I go, which 01:00 a.m..

I going to be carrying? I got a couple of choices here. Concealed carrying. I think I'll use this one today. And I was watching myself because I don't normally conceal carry.

And it was like, you're going to start and this is the marker, like, when he gets arrested, get ready. And as you've seen, everything. Holy shit. And again, we got these so called illegals. Many of them are fucking terrorists that are catching some of them.

These are going to be the guys setting those fires that Cliff talked about. These guys have no illegal. They don't give a shit. They're coming here. They're being paid.

They're giving fucking $1,400 credit cards. Here you go. Yeah. Oh, the fucking judge rules. Yeah.

You guys can carry weapons and everything? Yeah, it's good. You're not assistant. Don't worry about it. These fucking people hate you.

The government and they're bringing in other people that hate you, and you're just not seeing it yet. But we're here trying to give you the warning so, dad, don't freak out. Keep your head in a swivel. And if, shit, your gut's telling you something, right, get the fuck out of there or whatever. Listen to your gut because you don't want to second guess this going forward.

You get that hair standing up. Something's wrong. I don't know what's happened. Nothing's happened yet. Get the fuck out of there.

Something might be about to go down, whatever. And just, you have to Bob and weave a little bit. But we're hopefully giving you guys some news and advice and things that might help you kind of skate out of this, right? And for more of that crazy shit show reporting, guys, follow Joe on his second YouTube channel. He got a little bit in trouble, like I did on the last one here.

He's rebuilding his community there at Jason Ford. Look at Cliff's face. Look at his face on there and then look at him now. Somebody's just said, Cliff looks like a bodyguard right now. I totally.

Yeah, he's fucking young. I was going to put my arm up and show my muscle, but I'll be embarrassed. Cliff, you be rocking muscle, of course. Guys, if you want to follow Cliff also, you can do so on his substack. Lots of amazing audios there to go back maybe a month or two to get up to speed even on the Elohim conversation.

If this is the way you want to educate yourself, please do go visit that. You, of course, can find Cliff on a daily basis here. Still on Twitter, tweeting quite a bit here on all of these world events and also this waging of the war against the World Economic Forum and the Elohim worship cult. Cliff, again, a big thank you for being on. What would you share with the audience members here moving forward?

There's a lot of weird stuff going on. We're seeing a lot of shell shock in our friends and families, and we're going to see more and more of that here as we get into hyper novelty. So navigating this is not just about, as Joe was saying here, too, getting yourself, your house in order, your spiritual house, your physical house in order, but also having a very big extended radar in the people around you. Share your wisdom here as how we navigate all this moving forward. Cliff.

So I have an advantage on most people because I was born this way. But if you weren't born a paranoid, now is the time to cultivate that as an attitude.

And so my thing is that at my age especially, right, I will have very few opportunities to recover from mistakes that might impact my body. So I train my body every day to get it to. I'm trying to reach a particular degree of toughness, so to speak. Right. And so this would be good advice for old people that are trying to go through these next few years.

Now, the good part of this is, the really good part is that we do have something coming up in a couple of years as we get into Sci-Fi world where if we are able to survive and make it through, a lot of the zero point energy kind of promises of the will start manifesting.

So it's a real good goal to survive. As I have said, the goal is to stay alive through 25, right? Because in 26, they may be able to help your ass a lot better than we do now because we'll be unfolding a lot of this new technology. This is going to be the really hard part we're coming into now where there's still a little bit of normalcy being maintained by the regimes, but the normies are feeling the burbling of all of the energies from universe that are hitting all of us and we're ever so much more agitated. We're talking about stuff the way we've never done before.

They're hearing it, et cetera, et cetera. So it's starting to impact on them. Normies are going to be the wild card, okay, because you just won't know how they will react in some cases. You'll find some people in these circumstances. You actually see it if you can stomach to watch it.

You see the guy in the Moscow shooting, he gets hit and he falls and his friend is freaking out, but his friend in that instant ducks down and then pulls his wounded buddy around this column and saves him just literally, like less than a minute later. There is the reverse of that, where you see someone who was hiding just suddenly start freaking out and they stand up and they get shot, right? So you have to have situational awareness, and that situational awareness must take into account your own mind state, right? So you really have to start concentrating on sort of like keeping it together, being aware of those things that are impacting you. So if you're under stress, go get a bite of food or whatever, so that you're going to have to start to maintain an even strain to get through the chaos that we're all going to be going through over these next few months.

And it's going to get ever so much more chaotic after the eclipse, but beyond that, after the 20 April. Can I ask you very quickly to expand on some of that silver lining? You talked about zero point energy, if we make it through this hump. But I believe you also mentioned a number of years ago that if we got through a specific hump also, we might get access to NIc technology for longevity in these bodies. So not just energies from space, but also this culminaric effect of not having the suppression of technology, but also this huge innovation.

Boom. Can you quickly speak about that on the upper before we leave? Go ahead. Yeah, we're actually in that period of time right now. So there's like the biohacking community, right?

The biohacking community has just now gotten to the point where it is possible to combine specific postbiotics and other various different kinds of supplements to get this effect. Where you think my arms are good, you ought to see my legs. And as Jonathan winner says to Johnny Carson, the legs are the first to go. The legs are the first to go. And Johnny Carson says, well, how do you know that?

And Jonathan Winter says, well, a guy I met on a bus, a professional basketball player, told me. But anyway, but the point being that we can now combine things. And so, like urolithin a and plasmogens for the brain, and you get a big, as an old person, it's not going to help Joe. Maybe it'll help JC a little bit. But I've got a feeling in my legs as though I had when I was 18.

Right.

And we're right at that point with these various supplements. Now, the nature of it is the combination is going to be just brilliant. So when I say we're going to get this boost relative to longevity, I'm not talking about the idea of, like med beds and stuff. Those are coming. But those might be 30 years out or 25 years out or something, right?

And there's all kinds of issues with those, but I am talking about the ability to know that this particular substance that shows up in the body, that is created by the body, has these effects on these other substances. And if you combine these two and you're 70 years old, hey, maybe all of a sudden you start feeling like you're 40, and then if you take it long enough, another couple of months, hey, all of a sudden maybe you start feeling like you could get out and go run with the dog for a couple of miles. Right, insofar as your legs and stuff. So we're just now getting into that level of science that won't be occluded by authorities. So the lack of authority is going to freak out the normies, but it's also going to free science.

You won't have all these gatekeepers saying, no, you can't study that. That's useless. We're not going to give you grants for that, this sort of thing. And truly, I'm living proof I'm 70, right? For sure.

I died. I've had cancer. I was 128 pounds, actually, they say it was 122 on the bed, on the weight bed, right. And I'm 182.5 now. I've got some muscle mass back endurance.

I get up, clean up this. You can't see what I've dealt with. I've got 35,000 pounds of trees down around on my building on the other side. But I do with that all day long, get up and then do it all over at 04:00 a.m. The next morning.

Right. We've actually got a shot at this guys. But we just got to get through these next couple of years and get the Elohim worship cult out of the way because they're obscuring all of this stuff. Right? I love it.

Thank you so much, Cliff. A lot of people are saying, I'll have what Cliff high is having. Well, that's a very complex cocktail. You might want to look it up and do your own research, but you can find some of that on his twitter and also on his substack. He does talk about that quite a bit.

Thank you so much, everyone, for watching. Yes, there was about 19,000 live on Rumble. And I see 19,800, I think I saw. Yeah, plus the 3000 here we see on Twitter. So 22,000.

23,000. A hell of a record night. Thank you so much, everyone. Please, if you like the show, not even if you like the show, if you think it's important, these conversations that we're having and you want to have less issues, perhaps with the normies popping off, maybe share this information. This was the point of Cliff graciously giving us his time here today, is to share this information so that we can wake up some more people and help them perhaps better navigate all of this, because we're all in this together.

And the more of us that are on the right path here trying to navigate this, maybe the silver linings that Cliff is talking about now can happen a little bit sooner than later. As long as we can come together here and cross through that critical time we're in now. So big thank you to all of you watching. Yeah, go ahead, Cliff. One thing I did need to say is that because of the colon cancer, I was a vegetarian for 35 years.

And four of those years I was a vegan. And I do not recommend it for anyone under any circumstances, ever. Yeah, we need to do another show on that, but I'm with you on that, too. I went through going to the veggie and the vegan and back to what I'm doing now. We can do a whole show on that.

I know it's triggering to a lot of people, but do your research, guys, and don't be so emotionally attached. Perhaps to your diet would be the recommendation and look at what works for you. And please do your research. Thank you, Cliff, for adding that last note. And guys, again, you can find Cliff on his substac, on his Twitter, and can find Joe also on his YouTube and on his patreon.

All the links are in the description box below. This was the war correspondent show, guys, I love you. Thank you. So much for being here. And we'll see you again tomorrow night for the beyond the news edition at 08:00 Eastern.

Have a great night, Odoba.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Kondratiev’s Revenge – 02-28-2024

Kondratiev's Revenge - 02-28-2024

Kondratiev's Revenge - 02-28-2024

Episode Summary:

The document "Kondratiev's Revenge" delves into the economic landscape marked by significant transitions, particularly highlighting the surge in Bitcoin's value as an indicator of broader economic shifts. The text begins by acknowledging the rise of Bitcoin to over $60,000, suggesting a crackup boom phase indicative of the end stages of fiat currency systems. This phase is not seen as the demise of capitalism but rather the collapse of the fiat currency, central banking, and global reserve systems. The document emphasizes capitalism as the only effective natural economic system, criticizing socialism and communism as ideologies that ultimately fail due to their inherent flaws.

The narrative then shifts to predict Bitcoin's continued rise within the context of this economic crackup boom, suggesting that as fiat currencies degrade, Bitcoin and possibly other commodities like silver and gold will see significant increases in value. However, not all commodities, such as real estate, are expected to participate in this upward trend. The document forecasts a further degradation in the real estate market, particularly commercial real estate in the U.S., which is described as having already collapsed with no immediate prospects for recovery.

As the discussion progresses, the document outlines a future where Bitcoin could potentially reach $120,000 by around April 19, driven by transaction volumes and the halving event. This prediction extends to a vision of Bitcoin surpassing a million dollars by 2025, marking the end of the petrodollar's dominance. The narrative encompasses the implications of such economic shifts, including the transformation of the European Union, described as an engineered attempt at unification since the 1960s, now facing the reality of its disintegration.

The text also touches upon the social and economic implications of this transition, including the potential for increased economic disparity, the challenges of integrating cryptocurrencies into mainstream financial systems, and the broader societal impacts of a shift away from fiat currencies. The document suggests that the economic upheaval will be accompanied by social chaos, engineered by the ideologies and actions of what it refers to as "mother wefers," leading to contention and a lack of easy resolutions.

Key takeaways from "Kondratiev's Revenge" include the prediction of Bitcoin's ascent as a reflection of the fiat currency system's failure, the critique of socialism and communism in favor of capitalism, and the anticipation of significant economic shifts impacting commodities, real estate, and the global financial system. The document posits a future where digital currencies play a central role in the new economic order, challenging traditional financial institutions and systems.

In conclusion, "Kondratiev's Revenge" presents a complex portrait of an impending economic transformation driven by the rise of cryptocurrencies, the failure of fiat currencies, and the inadequacies of existing economic ideologies. It forecasts a tumultuous yet potentially lucrative future for those invested in digital currencies, while also highlighting the broader economic, social, and political challenges that such a transition entails.

#Bitcoin #CrackUpBoom #FiatCurrencyCollapse #Capitalism #SocialismFailure #CommunismFailure #EconomicPredictions #GoldSilverRise #RealEstateCollapse #GlobalEconomy #PetrodollarDemise #CryptocurrencyFuture #EconomicTransformation #DigitalScarcity #WealthTransfer #EconomicDegradation #FiatCurrencyDegradation #CommercialRealEstateCrisis #InvestmentShift #DigitalCurrencies #Monero #Ethereum #Litecoin #CryptocurrencyBoom #BitcoinMillion #EconomicForecast #CurrencyDevaluation #GlobalFinancialSystem #EconomicCrisis #FinancialFreedom #AssetValuation #Inflation #EconomicShockwaves #MarketDynamics #InvestmentTrends

Key Takeaways:
  • Bitcoin's value is surging, indicating the start of a crackup boom and the end of fiat currency dominance.
  • Socialism and communism are criticized as inherently flawed ideologies against the backdrop of capitalism's effectiveness.
  • Bitcoin is predicted to reach $120,000 around April 19, and potentially exceed a million dollars by 2025.
  • The commercial real estate market in the U.S. has collapsed, not expected to recover soon.
  • The degradation of fiat currencies and the global economic implications, particularly for the petrodollar system, are highlighted.
Predictions:
  • Bitcoin will potentially double in value by April 19, reaching $120,000.
  • Bitcoin's price might hit over a million dollars each by 2025, signifying the end of the petrodollar.
  • Commercial real estate will not recover under the current financial system, leading to further economic degradation.
Key Players:
  • Bitcoin
  • Ethereum
  • Litecoin
  • Monero
  • Federal Reserve
  • European Central Bank
  • European Union
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Kondratiev's Revenge - 02-28-2024

Hello humans. Hello humans. February 28, a little after eight in the morning, I'm running a little tiny bit late. Gotta get my ass into town and have a, got a couple of appointments I gotta get get to one will take about an hour, and then I can do some semi regular shopping and then go meet with these other guys and discuss a few things and then head back outbound anyway, so all kinds of things to talk about here, let me get my stuff settled.

So bitcoin is up to over 60,000 this morning.

The projections on that are pretty clear at this point. As I had said, we're into the period of the crackup boom. This is the contratif understanding of how fiat currency systems end. It's not capitalism dying, it's the fiat currency, central bank, global reserve thing that's dying. Right?

Capitalism is the only effective natural economic system. Socialism, communism, all of these kind of things are artifacts, are ideologies that are laid over the economics, and they don't really work, and they always crap out, and they always crap out violently because of the nature of the hatred that is inbuilt into socialism and communism. These are hateful ideologies that have flaws built into their very nature by the fact that they were invented as whole structures by the Elohim worship cult. Anyway, so bitcoin's way up last month or so, and it will continue to rise as we get further into the crack up boom. We can expect some pretty spectacular dollar numbers relative to bitcoin.

And then maybe ultimately we're going to break open the suppression and control on silver and gold, and we'll see them follow the same kind of path as bitcoin within the crack up boom. So we'll see commodities, okay? It's not going to be all commodities because some things like real estate, are not necessarily going to participate. It's an interesting time. So I'm actually expecting, as bitcoin prices rise, continue to rise, as gold and silver keep banging against that wall of suppression, I'm expecting further degradation in the real estate market, to the point that we'll actually have mainstream media having to comment on the collapse of real estate.

It's already started with the commercial real estate. And so the commercial real estate market in the US basically has collapsed, and it is not going to recover anytime soon, and it's very likely not ever going to recover under a Federal Reserve node petrodollar. So that's what's dying, okay? The petrodollar that backs all the other fiat currencies is dying. The European Union thinks that they can keep their, the European Central bank thinks they can keep their aggregate euro currency going, and it's already dying and they're just scrambling like mad to try and keep it together against the continuing breakup of their European Union, which was not an organic thing.

It was engineered since the 1960s. I saw the beginning of that. I saw the beginning of the mother Weffers push towards a common united Europe that they could wield like the United States as a single entity. I saw that in the 60s with the introduction of the common market language and how they started changing and doing their social engineering then, because that was anti organic kind of mood, I guess you'd say. So the popular mood after World War II was everybody go home and lick their wounds, tighten up, clean up all of this kind of stuff.

Instead, the globalists push and push and push to get this, quote, democratization of Europe, which means the destruction of the republics and smoosh them all together into the EU. And we're here now. So bitcoin's going to be going up. All the cryptos will go up to a certain extent. Many cryptos will die in the near future.

All right, so we're talking a few months and we'll start seeing some level of crypto death. Just even as we're seeing new all time highs for bitcoin and all different kinds of currencies, we're very close to that in the dollar. Once we get a new all time high, over 63,000 in bitcoin in the dollar, then it will really rush up. The projections are by a lot of people that are doing charting this kind of shit. The projections are that bitcoin is going to scale up fairly rapidly as we approach the having, which is estimated to be April 19.

Now, based on how much, many transactions, really how many transactions are in the blockchain? And so the projection is April 19 as we go through there. The projections are that the bitcoin price will exceed $120,000 us. So it would double from today's value over these next few months, assuming we follow the more or less regular pattern that we encountered, that we all have so far encountered in having years. So if we have that, we'll go up over 120,000, maybe that takes into fall or something, and then there will be a pullback.

It might be a 20,000 or $30,000 pullback. And so bitcoin might drop back down into the upper 90s. Right. Okay, so what are these guys doing here? Hang on, I've got some squeeze driving to do between buses and weird ass contractor guys.

Okay, so bitcoin goes up to the 120,000, drops down into the upper 90s, makes a floor into the upper ninety s, and then pushes through that floor and beyond the rest of this year, as the fiat currencies continue their degradation and the social chaos that was engineered and built into the cake now by the actions of the mother wefers. So there will be contention with all of the invaders. They're here. We've got to deal with them. There won't be an easy resolution.

They're not going to become nice and peaceful USA or european citizens. Their intent is to invade and take over and cause problems. So this will occur, that's going to further cause degradations within the economic system because you can't have activity as normal when you're in the process of being invaded and fighting off an invading force.

This is going to be the rest of this year. We'll be going through this. The economic aspect of it, the actual production of goods and services and all of that kind of stuff is going to take a hit as well. This will also affect the underpinnings of the ability to satisfy debt in the fiat currencies, because that's all they are. They're just a mechanism for dealing with debt.

They're not really money per se. They're a debt that you take on when you use their currencies. So this will continue to degrade and will even accelerate as we go through the year. So it might be very feasible that we have a solid floor in bitcoin, around $100,000 by the time we get to Christmas. Thus we'll meet the conditions for the $100,000 bitcoin parties during a Christmas season that were in the altar reports, and it would make sense.

So we'll go up to 120, and then we'll crash back down. It won't be a crash, it'll be a reduction, a consolidation, whatever you want to call it. Go back down to in the upper ninety s and then fight our way over 100,000 by Christmas as a solid floor. Okay? And so this is the action within fiat currency worlds relative to the fiat currency is the sudden rise, the boom, then the retraction, the pullback, and then consolidation and flooring, and then another rise.

Now the expectation is just doing projections off of charts and stuff. So I don't have any data, but these chartists, I'm just looking at their stuff, and the projection is that in 2025 we'll see bitcoin over a million dollars each. And this will be truly the end of the petrodollar as we get into those kind of numbers. It just won't be worth even messing with as a debt settling instrument. So bitcoin will be, BTC will be hugely impacted over these next two years, and it will carry along with it a number of related currencies.

And this will include all of the BTC clones, but also it'll bring in Ethereum and litecoin Monero. Monero is going to have a really big future here, especially in these next couple of years, as the status go fucking batshit and try and control everything. And so Monero will be used as a relatively non traceable settlement vehicle. It'll have a lot of demand. Beyond that, there are going to be other alt cryptos that survive for various different reasons, but at this point, it's sort of a crapshoot betting on any individual technology, unless you've really gone into those technologies and really examine them and understand where the utility is and why they will survive this period of time.

The period of time we're coming into is going to force everybody back to solid money, to realistic valuations on stuff. As the petrodollar dies and then all of the other fiat currencies that are attached to it, they're all dying now, right? So we're seeing that now, bitcoin is making all time highs in number of different languages, currencies, including in Japanese, right? So japanese currency is very stable, usually. And for it to be making these kind of big new all time highs in bitcoin, for bitcoin in yen, is really a very telling issue.

So we're just here now. And so there's going to be, this is the wealth transfer period where those people that were hodlers and got into the idea of digital scarcity and settlement vehicles versus hard currency and so on, are going to benefit for that attention to the currency and all things economic, and they're going to benefit for their acumen and for their courage in acting against the general trend and herd. Right? So bitcoin people, very likely the Hodlers, none of those people took the shot because it's the same kind of. Maybe some of the money manager kind of guys did, but mostly the individual bitcoiners.

I bet you they didn't take any of the clot shots, because it's the same kind of process that allows you to be courageous and make a move early and ahead and against the existing trends that will propel you into this intergenerational wealth stuff. Right? Same thing with silver, buying silver way the hell back when, when it was $8 an ounce for junk silver means you were that precious, that much ahead. And so those are the people that are being rewarded now by the activity within, the degradation of the fiat currency and the wealth transfer aspect of it. Remember, wealth does not go away.

It doesn't disappear unless you bury it in the ground and die, and thus, no one knows it's there. So that's really the only way that this kind of stuff goes away. You'll always lose a little bit here and there, but in general, wealth sticks around. It just transfers from one form to another as you go through into the future here.

And we're in one of those transitional periods now. This is going to be relatively exciting for people. You'll have all kinds of people getting whipped up all time highs in dollars for bitcoin are always something that everybody gets excited about. Also, this time, it's going to be coincident with all kinds of crapola going on in the general dynamism of the populace. So we're just about to get into March.

We'll probably cross a couple of significant bitcoin thresholds here in March. Maybe we'll go up another 20 or so percent fairly rapidly in bitcoin and get up over the 75,000 mark. It's not resistance in that sense, in the chartist sense, but it is a key peg at 75,000 for a bitcoin because that was in data sets way back when, as a minor temporal marker, there's another very large temporal marker, which is 88,000. Right. And so bitcoin had this thing back in the day, way back when, when the data set said that it would rise up to $880, and then it would fall back, and then it would do this three times, and then it was never, ever going to go back down below 880.

We have that same kind of language for 88,000. Okay, so it'll go through 88,000, and then it will set a floor in the range of 88,000. Maybe it'll come down to 84,000 and then go back up to 88 and then come back down and then go back up. But it'll do the 88 business three times. Right.

So it'll go through 88,003 times, and then it's done with 88,000 series of ferns, and we won't be repeating that. So then it'll go on up to its 120,000. So maybe that'll be. Maybe we'll reach those kind of milestones post having. So sometime after the 19 April, maybe we'll get into those kind of numbers.

Bear in mind, it's not bitcoin that's becoming more valuable. Well, it is in a sense, because value is an emotional attachment to an idea like bitcoin or gold or silver or whatever. It's an emotional thing.

But after the having is when I suspect that we'll start going through some of these very key temporal markers relative to Fern, to bitcoin prices, and that those will also be commensurate with all of the activity that's ongoing through this period of time. So in March, we're going to have lots and lots and lots of violent activity, new stuff happening. This will include reactions within the currency and economic situation relative to.

So basically what's going to happen is that there will actually be reactions within the social order about the pricing and so forth in ferns of various different kinds of commodities. And these things will have shock.

They'll initiate shocks within the social order. So it's going to be a huge shock when silver breaks out of its value range that it's being constrained in. This will happen because of some breakdowns that will occur within the, quote exchange system, which is really a control mechanism. And so the bitcoin and its fern price, also, it's priced in kroner or whatever the hell, right? All these other currencies, it'll be making new highs in all these global currencies as we get to the point where that triggers things within the control mechanism and starts affecting the price of silver and to a lesser extent of gold.

So it might well be that by the time we get into 2025, we've got gold at maybe it's doubled in price, maybe it's in the $5,000 an ounce range. And at that point, silver should have busted out to where it's broken through 50 $8100 an ounce. So we have language now in the minimalist little bit of scraping I can do. So let me emphasize that I do not have the hundreds of millions of reads that I used to in my processing because of the situation, the costs and so on that are involved in that at this day and age, as well as the bandwidth, I just don't have that here.

I had one third of a t one line, so vast quantities of bandwidth at my old office before we moved. Now out here on the coast, I just have to deal with the best bandwidth you can get on a residential line. I had had a special line run into me from the phone company at a huge cost back in Olympia at our other address, I think it was done in when we do, maybe that was 2002. I did that. It was fantastically huge cost.

It cost like $1,600 to run that line. We had to drive it under the road and tunnel up 100 plus feet to get it into the house. But it was huge bandwidth. I mean, it's just incredible anyway, though, so I don't have that now. So all of my projections are based on a minimalist data set.

So the probability of errors is very high. And the probability that the errors are going to be wildly off is very high as well. So if I'm going to put an error on this, it should be ending up as pretty spectacular. Error 830, I can probably make it here. I have a bunch of stops, so I got to do all these little chores as well as these couple of meetings.

I'm going to try and squeeze in a little chore before I get into that first meeting, shorten some of the duration. We've got our sick dog and my wife is just not really health wise, just up to dealing with all kinds of stuff. So I want to try and get back as soon as I can anyway, though.

So I expect that we'll have kinetic activity in March. We'll have frenetic freak out kind of economic activity in April. We're going to have all kinds of information that comes out as a result of this. Simply because as the dollar degrades, there's less ability to pay people to keep their mouth shut is fundamentally what it amounts to. Right.

The whole system is breaking down because the dollar is breaking down, because the Federal Reserve note is breaking down to the point where it has no purchasing value and people have no confidence in it. So they're going to act differently, and they already are. We're seeing the effects of that all over.

So I personally think this is a very exciting time. I have some bitcoin, I have a few of those guys, so I'm interested in following along with it. However, my real problem is I'm feeling so soviet, right? I feel like I'm back in the USSR in my day in the. There was a joke that in the Soviet Union, you worked your ass off and you made good money, but there was nothing to.

So that was it. If you saw a line on a street corner near any kind of a store, you went and got in that line because it meant there was something in that store to buy and everybody had money because there was nothing to buy with the money. So it's just a weird situation. So for me, it's kind of like that. So I was lamenting the other day about how soviet I feel because I can't find a single story house, right?

I mean, I can find them that are six and 7 hours away, but that's just not feasible. We're just not going to be able to do that. It has to meet certain criteria anyway relative to, like wheelchair access and that sort of thing. And the number of bedrooms. If it's a single story house, no problem.

But in any event, so I can't find one. So I'm feeling very soviet, right? Like if I saw a big line in front of a real estate agency, I'd go and get there. But any event though. So here's the thing about real estate, because I got to wrap this up fairly quick.

Commercial real estate has collapsed. The amount of bad debt associated with commercial real estate, right, now that they know the debt is bad, that is that people are behind on payments on commercial real estate. They're not making their mortgage on time or barely making it on time, whereas before they would pay it early, that kind of thing. All of these indicators are showing that commercial real estate has just totally crapped out. Now, the extent of the commercial real estate that has already crapped out means that the entire banking system in the United States, as well as the banking system, most of the banking system in Europe cannot come up with reserves to cover the losses.

And this is not the complete collapse yet of the commercial real estate market, meaning that we're looking at a breakdown of commercial real estate at a level that has not ever been seen before in our modern society. And if we look at, and there is no analog for it in previous times, it's at that level. So just absolutely staggering, the complete, the complete involvement of this. So if we were to take basically all commercial real estate, then the amount of loss reserves the banks would have to have is about 18 times what they've got set aside, 18 times. So they've only got 118 of the loss reserves necessary to cover the commercial real estate market as it exists now in its totality.

But in fact, the whole system is reeling with it. Only one 18th broken down. Right.

Like I was saying, I know guys that like myself, for whatever reason, they were hunting for older guys that are hunting for houses and trying to move and this sort of thing, mostly people with cryptos. So they feel they've got the financial freedom to do this at this time, and they're looking at commercial real estate because there's not much in the way of residential real estate being sold or offered even, because even if you wanted to sell your house, there's no house for you to buy. And the minute you sell your house and convert that house into dollars, the dollars start depreciating, like, right the fuck away. And so you're running up against a decreasing amount of value that you've converted your house out of, and then you're trying to get that money converted back into a new house, and they're just not available or whatever. Also, a lot of them still have high prices, expecting to be able to recover some of the amount of debt in there.

So a lot of the houses have very high prices on them because the level of debt that has to be satisfied in the sale. So I know some houses now where they, I don't know if people are going to try and flip them or what the deal is. That whole, quote, industry is really tanked. But I know a couple of houses where the owners are basically wrestling to see if they're going to accept offers that are below assessed value. So this is that point of time where we reconvert wealth and taxes and so on.

So all these counties are freaking out because houses aren't selling. They get some money in the process of the house sale, but also it sets a new base for them relative to land taxes. And those are dropping because the sales price is less than the county's already assessed value. They can't have that legally. They have to adjust it downward to the actual sales price.

And this is the same mechanism that destroyed the land tax base for the counties, especially out in the know anything west of the Ohio river valley, but also, but throughout the entire country was seriously affected in the Great Depression. And the mechanism was that the land prices were, sales were at such a low level and that affected the tax base.

Counties don't like it. There's nothing they can do about it. But this is the state of affairs at the moment. So real estate is not necessarily going to be a good investment, especially for short term kind of stuff. So I just want a new house.

I'm not looking at an investment. I just want to get away from all of the noise and the crap of adding this and rebuilding the house I'm in. I really have to. The contractor really fucked me over there and the things he did. And I've got some serious issues with that house that I'm wrestling with.

So I just want to get another house to go and live in while all this is going on. I'm not after any kind of long term gain and stuff. If I were I would still be looking into commercial real estate, because this stuff is so hugely undervalued. And you're finding if you look, you can find places where the value of the property to you is such that if you make an offer that can be used as leverage with the banks to get people out from under the debt, they will do so. So I know of one place where an old restaurant was sold for a guy, to a guy, and he's converting it into a house.

And when he bought that, it had been on the market for, jeez, maybe twelve years or something like that, and he picked it up and offered some small fraction, let's just say that he offered like one fifth or something of the notional value at the time that it was listed.

So that was not enough to satisfy the debt on this property that just sat there. But the bank, it had been in arrears for a number of years. The guy making some level of payments, just enough to keep it going. And the guy went with the offer back to the bank and said, what can we do? And they said, okay, we'll go with you on this amount.

We'll forgive this amount of the debt if you accept this offer and you pay off this other amount of the debt. And so they worked it out. And so basically the bank took a big hit on it. And this guy took a big hit on it. And my friend bought this place, which he's now putting money into, in order to turn it into a house from a restaurant.

And in some places, that's what we're going to have to do.

Trying to see where I've got. Okay, there we are.

Anyway, so that's the state of affairs here. I'm still sort of looking for a house. I'm in the process of getting the next phase of my addition going here. So we're going to have the engineering and the plans. I'll submit those.

I don't really give a rat's ass about the county's opinion of stuff, but I'm going to do it just to be legal. If they slow me down, then we'll go into an illegal state where I'll just say, yeah, piss on it, I don't give a shit. We're doing it. But in any event. So the next thing is to get the heat pump moved.

Well, the next thing is to get some more lumber or logs out of the place and a couple of large stumps removed, and then to get the heat pump moved and the foundation started. Now, the good news for me at a personal level is that there's a lot of crews available, starting to become available because work is drying up. Not that many people are out here building houses and stuff. So those new housing starts are way down all over, which means that there's more crews for remodels and things. Not a good thing economically, but at least I'll be able to keep a couple of people employed with their crews here as we go forward for at least a brief bit of time.

So they'll get some money this year. That's just the situation that we've got. Anyway, like I say, bitcoin is probably going to retreat after it gets up to about 118 to 120,000 something in there. And then that retracement will be the floor. So it goes from 120 down to upper 90s, is my thinking.

And then after that, that's the floor for it. And we go back up into the over 100,000 by Christmas of this year. And that's our floor for 2025. And then we rush on in to the millions as the fiat currency totally breaks down. Okay, so a little early, but I'll get it in.

Let's see if I can get in early on this. All right, guys, so I'll do a other one of these on the way out. There's so much to talk about. Yes. So, anyway, have fun.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


HOA Nightmare – 11-29-2023

HOA Nightmare - 11-29-2023

HOA Nightmare - 11-29-2023

Episode Summary:

"HOA Nightmare" by Clif High, dated November 29, 2023, is a candid narration of the author's personal experiences and thoughts on various subjects. High discusses his struggles with finding suitable housing due to his preference for a single-story house and his aversion to stairs due to a past injury. He describes the challenging real estate market, sharing an anecdote about a house that took eight months to sell at a significantly reduced price due to financing issues.

High's narrative then shifts to his background in the satellite business, where he installed large satellite dishes in the 1970s. He describes the technical aspects and challenges of this work, including tuning in satellites and managing uplink stations. His stories reflect his unconventional lifestyle, which is incompatible with Homeowners Associations (HOAs) and community restrictions.

The discussion moves to his current living situation, where he decides to build on his existing property due to the lack of suitable land for sale. High plans to manage the construction himself, emphasizing his desire for independence and self-sufficiency. He shares his approach to design and construction, opting to forgo permits and inspections, a choice he acknowledges may complicate future sales but suits his immediate needs and preferences.

High also delves into his interests in cryptocurrencies, predicting a bullish future for Bitcoin. He links his crypto insights to broader geopolitical events, suggesting that political turmoil will impact the markets. High speculates on the international adoption of cryptocurrencies, foreseeing countries like Argentina and some in Africa abandoning central banks in favor of digital currencies.

The narrative further explores conspiracy theories and fringe topics, including theories about UFOs, aliens, and global control structures. High predicts increased public interest in "woo" topics (unusual or fringe theories) and anticipates major shifts in mainstream media, with prominent figures leaving and being replaced by less experienced personnel. He foresees these changes leading to more open discussions about previously marginalized topics, including UFOs and exopolitical events.

In conclusion, "HOA Nightmare" is an eclectic mix of personal anecdotes, conspiracy theories, and speculative predictions. High's distinctive perspective offers insights into his life philosophy, interests in technology and cryptocurrencies, and skepticism towards traditional societal structures.

#ClifHigh #HOANightmare #HousingChallenges #SatelliteBusiness #CryptocurrencyPredictions #BitcoinBullRun #GlobalEvents #UFOTheories #Nonconformity #SelfReliance #DigitalCurrencies #GeopoliticalShifts #MediaChange #FringeTheories #UnconventionalTopics #RealEstateMarket #BuildingIndependently #AntiHOA #TechnicalExpertise #ConspiracyTheories #Exopolitics #MainstreamMediaShifts #DIYConstruction #FuturePredictions #AlienSpeculations #CryptoAdoption #GlobalControl #HousingMarket #AlternativeViews #PersonalAnecdotes #EconomicForecasts #SatelliteTechnology #MediaEvolution #SocietalSkepticism #TechnologicalInnovations

Key Takeaways:
  • Clif High shares his personal experiences with property search and housing issues, highlighting difficulties in finding suitable single-story houses.
  • He discusses the challenges in the real estate market, including slow sales and financing difficulties.
  • High describes his decision to build on his current property due to lack of available land and suitable properties.
  • He plans to manage the construction himself, emphasizing a do-it-yourself approach and avoiding HOA or CCR restrictions.
  • Clif High reflects on his past work experiences, including satellite installation and technical jobs, which influenced his non-compatibility with HOA environments.
  • He expresses a commitment to self-reliance, planning to use free CAD for design and an engineer for validation, but may avoid official permitting processes.
  • High discusses his approach to construction, focusing on practicality and necessity over adherence to external regulations.
  • The narrative includes observations on the broader economic and geopolitical landscape, including cryptocurrency markets and international affairs.
Predictions:
  • High predicts significant shifts in the housing and real estate market, influenced by economic and social changes.
  • He forecasts an increase in deaths in 2024 due to vaccinations and expects a rise in discussions around unconventional topics in the media.
  • There's an anticipation of major changes in the cryptocurrency market, with political events influencing market movements.
  • High foresees geopolitical tensions and economic instability affecting fiat currencies and enhancing the value of cryptocurrencies.
  • He expects a shift in global economic dynamics, with some countries possibly adopting cryptocurrency as a primary currency system.
  • The narrative suggests upcoming challenges in U.S. economics post-January, driven by geopolitical factors rather than economic conditions.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

HOA Nightmare - 11-29-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. It's kind of late. It's on the 28th, no, 29th.

Hidden in to do chores. I have to do a lot more chores now because of the whole relocation thing. So I went out, I stomped around, I looked at places, met some sasquatch, because it's easier to find sasquatch, easier to find bigfoot than it is to find a single level house out here. Right? Single story house.

And I'm an old guy, and I've had a saw go through one of my legs right close to the knee, and so it aggravates me. Right. This was a long let's see, how many years back? Probably like 20 plus years back that that accident occurred anyway. But so it still affects me, and I don't like stairs very much.

It's not that they really annoy me, but I don't need them at my age. So I wanted a single story house. We're not able to find one. It's a pain in the ass. The market is pretty much shot around here.

People are not listing. Those people that are listing are having a hell of a time making sales. There was this house I ran across, it was like 912,000, and they got an offer on it. And then it took like, eight months to get it actually to close, because what happened was the bank would crap out just at the very last bit of it, all right? And so it took them like, six weeks or so for the first bank to say, get up to the point where they were going to close, like, in two weeks.

And the bank said, no, you got to do all this extra shit in order to get financing. And then that deal fell through. It was still the same buyer after all those months. They still did buy it, but it took them a long time to find a bank that would be willing to finance them. And they ended up, I don't know the details of the entire transaction or anything, but the house ended up selling for only 600,000 in debt on it, as opposed to the 900,000.

So was the price reduced or was the loan amount reduced? I don't know how the details worked. I don't know if they paid the guy cash on top of the loan or how it was all managed, but they had four regional or major banks say, yeah, we'll loan to you. And then they start doing all the paperwork and stuff, and the bank says, no, we don't like that so much. And then you better correct this, and it starts getting really wonky.

Right. Anyway, so I've been out looking at property.

I got this great real estate agent guy out of thurston county back near olympia, where I used to live. We've done deals together in the past. He came on out here, which is not inconsiderable. I mean, it takes three to 4 hours out of his day to do know, travel time and shit. We came out here, we looked at some property and it just wasn't suitable.

Now, the problem is where I live with the criteria I've got, there's not a whole lot of land that's for sale or there's not a whole lot of land, period. And then on top of that, there's not a whole lot that's for sale. So anyway, so long story, we went through all of our options, made a big decision tree list thing, went and checked them all and have come back to the can't avoid it kind of a conclusion that I'm going to have to build where I'm at while I'm at it, right? Yeah, sorry about that. Cold as fuck out here.

We've got the little snow symbol on all of our electronic devices saying we're going to get snow later. I don't know that it'll actually snow. It's warming up, but still in the 30s. But there's clouds everywhere, so maybe we will. Anyway, so I looked at all the land and everything and then decided, okay, the point was basically to build to fix the house where we're at so that we could come back to it.

And I just had gotten hung up in getting something else. In the meantime, my problem is I got giant dogs. I got science experiments that are going on all the time, and it's not like I can go to any place that's got basically any kind of HOA or CCRS on it. So when I was a kid in my 20s in Olympia, just to tell you how bad of sort of a neighbor I am, I got into the satellite business, right, the satellite uplink downlink link business. And so I was installing satellites.

This is before they were satellite dishes were common. This is when satellite dishes the small one was the Ranger 20, so it was 20 foot in diameter, made by this company called and had a label on it of Ranger. I used to install these things at pubs and restaurants and that kind of thing, right, for all their CNN connections out in the rural areas, this sort of thing where there were not any options for cable for the business. And it was fun, I enjoyed it. I really like tuning in the satellites, looking up at the night sky and doing it all mathematically to get that dish focused at just the right spot to start picking up the satellites and then work out the transfer trail so these guys could always have CNN.

Even as one satellite faded and another one came into position. It was fucking fun. I mean, I like math at that level, right? It's kind of like navigation on a boat. That's fucking fun.

When you're doing sun sites and star sites and figuring out where you are and all that kind of stuff. And then it works and damn, you are anyway, I wasn't such a good neighbor. I'm living in town, bear in mind, right? Like, literally within the city limits of Olympia. And I needed to do some work on a couple of dishes, so I assembled them in my driveway.

Now, the ones I was working on were not the puny little 20 footers, okay? So I had a 36 foot what was the name of that started with a D. The company I want to say Davidson, but I'm not sure. Anyway, I had a 36 foot dish up there assembled at one point, which is like a huge kind of a thing for sitting in a driveway. People would slow down.

They'd wonder what the fuck? Now, bear in mind, this is in the 70s, okay? There were just not a whole lot of dishes out and about at that time. I'd gotten into this business because I'd gotten a gig where I passed the math test to go and work at at and T. And at and T at that point was recruiting technicians.

And they put you through these series of tests, like sort of the military would, right, to see what your levels of skills were. And I was good with math. I'd had calculus when I was 15. I like math mostly. I can do it in my head.

And and so I passed their test. I can't remember the job I was actually applying for, but the At T recruiter said, we got this new thing coming on, and would you be interested? And a lot of travel, you got to go and do shit. And I thought, well, okay. Then I saw what the gear was, and I said, oh, sure, I'll do that.

And what it was was setting up and running uplink stations, okay? So this was before you could take a video and put it on the net and send it to the cloud over the wires or WiFi or whatever, right? So in order to get a conference call, video conference call, usually these things were paid for by organizations. It'd be like their big convention thing at the end of the year. And then they would have all of the satellite offices, also get a feed from headquarters, and you would have a crowd at your end and a crowd at the other end.

And my job was to maintain that feed that allowed the remote station out here in the wilds of Washington to connect to Washington, DC. Or New York or Philadelphia, any of these places where these companies had headquarters and they were running these things. And so it was sort of know you were the technician that managed the support for their it, and it was like a one off job doing these things. And you'd come on up with a semi truck, okay? So it was a semi it was in two sections.

The actual gun, the part that actually shot the signal up into space, was in the second half of the trailer. In the first part of the trailer was all the supporting gear, your gen sets, all of this kind of stuff. It took all kinds of power. You're never sure you're going to have shore power, mains power, where you were at of quantity of the amperage you needed. So you always took it with you and you'd set it up.

You'd crank up this thing, it literally looked like a cannon. It was about maybe 2ft in diameter and was like when it was all extended, it was like 30ft long and it rose up like a cannon barrel. And so you'd go to like Tacoma Mall. So one of my first gigs was setting up a satellite relay for a dental association, a major dental association, not for the dentist, but for the office, the sales staff and all these kind of people for this basically a healthcare association anyway. And you pull on up with a semi, you set all your cones and stuff out and you crank up your satellite gun.

And then that's the really tricky part because then you got to find the satellites. It's in the middle of the day, you got cloud covers, you don't have much in the way of any kind of a reference point. And so you start blocking off the compass and start triangulating and so on. Then eventually you get your signal and it's basically there are guys I knew that were very poor at mathematics per se, that did this job right, that just had a gut feeling for it. But it helped ever so much if you knew where the satellites were and you could calculate on basically a minute by minute basis where they're likely to be in their orbit and then go ahead and aim at them, so to speak.

It was fun work, right? But getting back to my point, I would have all kinds of crap sitting around my house as I was doing these various kinds of work. And then there was always stuff, I'm just not HOA friendly and HOAs don't like me. And so I couldn't be a renter because just having my stuff there would violate most of these HOA terms and conditions and stuff anyway. So we didn't find any land or any of this stuff.

So we're going to have to build where we're at while we're there. That being the case, I'm going to do 100% my own contracting, I'm going to do my own designs. We contacted an architect to see if we could leverage some of this and get beyond some of the time constraints here by getting professionals involved that do this regularly. And it was like a huge slap in the face. The architect told me it'd be a year and a half before I could get plans out of their company.

They'd be good plans, they'd be certified. We'd have all of the I's dotted and the T's crossed, that sort of thing, and they'd go through the county and so on. But a year and a half. I'm 70 years old, and time is a big deal for me, right? Much more so than money.

I mean, cryptos are going up. We're about ready to hit the next big run once we break 38 80, looking all around. And so I just made the decision to commit to doing it while we're there, run it myself. To be able to work around our particular needs as old people with dogs and me with this basically screwy ass activity I'm getting into all the time and my wife's medical needs anyway. So difficult task.

I only have really two design issues to deal with. I found a guy who can do my engineering for me, and then I'll just start building. I'm not even sure I'm going to permit these things. Getting permits requires basically inspections, inspections on electrical, plumbing, framing, roofing, foundation, all of this sort of thing. And I'm perfectly capable of inspecting all those myself.

And you get permits so the state can certify that it's a quality house in order to get a loan. Okay.

The county will give you a residence permit once you get your structure up to the point where they figure that you can live in it safely. I don't need that. I'll know when it's safe to walk on the floor, that kind of thing, right. I don't need a loan for this activity, and I don't need insurance for it. I don't need to cowtow to anybody's structure that would force me into the permitting process.

And a lot of people out here build unpermitted, so it's an issue when it comes time to sell. But this will be an issue. If I go through this and don't run into anything that forces me into the permitting process, then I will just build unpermitted and it's going to be an issue for whoever has to sell the house after my death, but it's not an issue for me living there. And so that's the approach we're going to take. My design philosophy is do it my way, make it as easy as possible on us guys, and only do the things I want to do, those things that make sense to me.

So we're proceeding on that level, which is going to really impact a lot of these kind of talks. A lot of other activity going to really restrict my ability to do any kind of interviews because if I've got an hour, I've got to get out and work on do what I can, right? So there's all kinds of cleanup I can do while I'm living there, planning and measuring and that kind of thing, and prestaking out these sorts of issues for the crews that will be coming on in. First, I've got to do my design. I'm going to do that in free CAD and use their BIM, their building information management module to be able to plug in all of the elements so that I do have plans that would be able to be submitted to the county and could be certified.

And I'm even going to the trouble of paying for an engineer to go over them, do all the calcs and put their stamp on it and sign it. I am doing everything that would require it being or that you would need if you were going to be permitted because I need the plans, I need to be able to show them to some of the subcontractors and this kind of a deal, right then they need to be there anyway. And the software free CAD is interesting. I know AutoCAD from way back in the day so it's not that big of a deal conceptually to deal with this software. I just have to learn its in and outs as I go through.

So anyway, so that's our approach to the housing issue. Yesterday, for instance, I started cleaning up on the stuff that's in the way of my tree guy coming out and taking some trees down where we're going to site this. Then I did all of my things that I can do in advance by getting the surveyors and getting the soil guy and all these kind of people lined up and so on. There's a few subcontractors I don't have yet, but that I have yet to get to that point where I have a need for them. So things are proceeding along.

We'll see how fast I can do it. Good to do it paying out of pocket costs as I go along and I'll keep track of all of this kind of stuff for later. But in any event, basically going to double the square footage of the house. So I'm sort of like building a smallish 2000 square foot house to attach to the house I'm living in and building a three car garage to put onto that as well. A lot of fucking work but we just don't have any other choice.

I talked to the Sasquatch and they tell me they can't find single story single family houses. So if the Sasquatch can't find it, I never will. Anyway, interesting time we are in now with the splits happening everywhere, right? And so we're starting to see in the alt media more and more of the quote serious alt media start talking woo.

They're using that term. They're talking about all of the strange stuff that's going on and trying to fit it into their worldview since everything is just so fucking weird, so strange now. The overwo was going to happen and the hyper novelty was going to happen regardless of what the without any regard at all to what the evildoers might be doing. So we were going to get an overwoo even if the communists hadn't been trying to upset everything here and destroy the alt media and all of this kind of thing, if they weren't even trying to disrupt the social order. They are though.

So that really contributes to it because they themselves are destroying authority for information. And once we have 100% of authority for information destroyed, then we're into hyper novelty. And we'll have to figure out how we're going to deal with it. We're already in the overwoo. We're into the big ugly.

I suspect that 2023 and 2024 are going to be the two peak years of the die off wave from the Vax. Okay? So we'll see a lot more deaths in 2024 from the Vaccinated individuals. And then it'll sort of slowly fade. This is because fewer and fewer people are getting vaccinated and those that had are dying off.

So once they're dead, they're not a statistic anymore. They won't hit the statistics anymore. And that's really the situation that's going on relative to that. So the Wu stuff is going to really come out as this splits, continues to go on. Now we're getting into people like Kim.com offering $145,000 for the original video of the MH 370 plane that's missing from Malaysia.

What's really interesting about this is who was on board. Okay, so not just the plane that's missing, but there was a specific company there that's doing specific high tech shit, like way high tech, super secret shit. And there were 21 of their engineers on that plane. So some shit's going on. In my opinion.

Somebody wanted to talk to those folk and so they took the plane. It made it disappear. You'll see the videos keep creeping out, creeping out, creeping out, and more and more people talking about it. And at this same period of time, we're going to encounter the militaries of the world. Not just the USA military, but Australia, Britain, Russia, every fucking place.

Less Russia, because they have less people doubting they're more. They live in the Wu a lot deeper than the normies over here.

But anyway, so we're going to have militaries all around the fucking planet that will be insisting that A, UFOs are real and B, there's aliens on the other side of the UFOs. And some of the non USA military will probably also discuss USA reverse engineering these things. And so they'll be in the situation of saying, well, UFOs are real. There's space aliens out there, but those Americans also have UFOs. And so don't be confused.

And here's the difference between a UFO that's run by the Americans, built by the Americans, and one that's built by the space aliens. And so they'll have to get into that level of it because now they've got to overcome 70 years of people marginalizing UFO reports and pushing all that out into the Wu. And so as the Wu comes sloshing back, the military is going to say, well, people, you need to really pay attention. This is serious stuff and you got to watch out. And we all have to watch out.

We need to make plans, blah, blah, blah. And some of the militaries are going to sort of freak out because they won't get cooperation from the civilian part of their government. And then you'll start seeing fights within the governments over the military's action in terms of putting this out that the UFOs are there and getting the populace all whipped up about this shit. Wow. We actually have a little bit of snow on the side of the road.

So our woundess here is going to start as far as the splits happen part here, over December and January, we're going to see like a firming up, a hardening of position relative to those people that are moving over to the Wu and those few hangers on within the mainstream media. And then we'll also see more and more and more of the mainstream media crumbling and walking away, right. For whatever reason that they state, which is of course not going to be the real reason, will have some major personalities just walk away from their jobs as a face for media. And so you'll have a two tier effect here. You'll have all of the Woo guys that will be talking about it, examining the ideas here about these people walking away and so on.

So they will have a certain amount of coverage in their job after they've left that job, but we'll still be examining who they are, what they did, blah, blah, blah. Right? And then we'll also have this other effect where the second tier will come in. And so you'll have your favorite TV personalities be replaced by second tier. Now, this will also happen in like, local news shows, local variety shows, local talk shows.

So it's not just national that's going to go on at all levels. And when the second tier comes in, that's when you're going to see some really interesting stuff because a lot of these guys are less well trained, less well mind controlled, and so they'll be making mistakes and letting shit out and saying things that the mainstream media would not have said had their first team been in place.

So anyway, fascinating. December, January, should be plenty of stuff to talk at your Christmas parties. And by the way, happy no L to everybody. That is indeed a good Christmas greeting. Thankfully, we have no L here stomping around causing problems now, not necessarily going to be the case next year at this time or the year after.

Sometime soon we're going to have to deal with these guys. I don't know how long that process is going to actually take. There was a great show with the remote viewer guys on Beyond Mystic Rumble yesterday and a live stream. It went long. They talked not only about the Moon and the Wu and stuff, but they also got into crypto.

And we're just about so my understanding is that the resistance level for Bitcoin is 37 880. All right, so you'd come up to that, go through it a little bit, then you come down and so on. I expect that it does have the energy to bust through and hold through as we go forward, like, say, maybe by the 15 December or so somewhere in there. Anyway, so we'll start in on the next big bull run within the cryptos. Pretty soon, maybe it won't be December, but we're still looking at something that's going to be fairly close to where we are temporarily, right?

So a few months out, that kind of a deal because of this will occur, not because of the things that are going on within the market per se. Not really going to occur because people are trying to do trading or any of that sort of thing. This will occur, in my opinion, because we're going to have a series of political events that are going to prompt this. The political events will involve Israel and Palestine, but they're not going to be driven by that, all right? So we're going to get a less tightly focused political geostrategic bit of chaos here that's going to then affect the markets.

So at the time that we see countries with major fiat, the euro, the dollar, et cetera having real problems in their own internal economy, we're also going to see rising strength in the crypto market and other countries that will do in El Salvador and decide they're going to go crypto, that they're going to abandon and kill off their federal bank and just live with it. Right? And this is the best thing any country can do is to the elimination of the central bank so that you're not under the control of the Khazarian mafia and the giant Jewish octopus that runs the whole world. So we'll see. Maybe Argentina will do it.

I am expecting some African countries to do it as well, so that we'll see some countries in Africa that say, no, we're done with that shit. As a consequence of this, we're going to have this weirdness where US physical dollars, $100 bills, all of the counterfeits even, but all of these US physical dollars outside of the country are going to actually gain relative value within the countries they're being used in. It won't, in my opinion. It's not going to affect the overall notional value of the dollar. So the dollar per se is not going to rise because that's really set on all of the digital stuff.

But what's actually happening is that it is the recognizable and emotionally comforting US dollar in a physical form that is going to have value. A lot of the drug dealers use them, that kind of thing. And so if your local drug dealer is willing to take dollars, you're going to have some faith in that currency where they wouldn't take maybe the local poseta, that sort of thing. Right. Anyway, the economics of it all are going to impact all of us as we go forward, in my opinion.

We won't have the major continental America dollar debacle dollar breakdown. We won't have that until after mid January. There's just conditions that are going to keep intruding on that and then we'll see some big effects after January, probably after mid January, maybe even into February. It's just going to be kind of spotty as to when this occurs because again, it's not going to be an economic thing that's going to be driving this next visible downturn, right? It's going to be geopolitical and pretty soon we'll be also able to talk about exogeopolitical right, politics on other orbs in our solar system that are going to be impacting us.

Okay guys, I'll make another one of these as I head back out.

I've got to do all kinds of runs into town to pick up material and start talking to people as suppliers, mills, that kind of thing. Fortunately for me, I live in an area where we got a lot of wood and so I can go to Mills and I can arrange to buy all the wood for my house, for the house extension here as a lump is a lot and just do it that way. Save money as well as get a higher quality. Anyway guys, talk to you later. As I say, I'll do another one of these later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


The Corbett Report – Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare – 09-18-2023

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

Episode Summary:

We are amidst a global war, not the one in Ukraine, but a broader war involving everyone. This war is between governments and their populations, and international institutions against humanity. It's termed fifth generation warfare. This warfare is not easily identifiable by its victims. James Corbett introduces the concept, explaining that it's not just about physical battles but also battles of perception and information. The modern age of warfare began with the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648. The fourth generation of warfare blurred the lines between civilians and military. The fifth generation is debated, but it's essentially a war on the minds of common citizens. Governments and corporations are leveraging technology to control individuals at every level. Information warfare is a key component, with governments engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens. The war also extends to neurological warfare, targeting our brains, and biological warfare, manipulating our environment, food supply, and genome.

#FifthGenerationWarfare #GlobalWar #Perception #Information #Technology #Control #JamesCorbett #TreatyOfWestphalia #PsychologicalOperations #NeurologicalWarfare #BiologicalWarfare #Governments #Population #MindControl #Neuralink #GMO #EconomicWarfare #Ukraine #ModernWarfare #BrainTarget #NeuroWeapons #Infowar #Propaganda #Neuroscience #Genome #Environment #FoodSupply #DigitalCurrencies #BlackRock #NATO #StateControl #Military #Civilian #GlobalConflict #TechDominance

Key Takeaways:
  • Fifth generation warfare is a global conflict involving everyone.
  • It's not just about physical battles but battles of perception and information.
  • Governments and corporations are using technology to control individuals.
  • Information warfare involves governments engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens.
  • Neurological warfare targets our brains.
  • Biological warfare manipulates our environment, food supply, and genome.
Predictions
  • The rise of central bank digital currencies as a solution to economic warfare.
  • An increase in the use of neurological weapons and technologies.
  • A shift towards synthetic lab-based food and further GMO integration.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Corbett Report - Your Guide To 5th-Generation Warfare - 09-18-2023

We are in the middle of a world changing war right now. Oh, I don't mean the war in Ukraine, the one that all the media are asking you to focus your attention on. Yes, that conflict continues to escalate, and every day there are new stories about provocations and threats that could lead to a nuclear exchange. But that's not the war I'm referring to. Now, the war I'm talking about is an even broader war, a war that is taking place everywhere the globe, even as I speak, and that involves virtually everyone on the planet, young and old, male and female, military and civilian.

It is the war of every government against its own population and every international institution against free humanity. This is no ordinary war. However, most of the victims of this warfare aren't even able to identify it as war, nor do they understand that they are combatants in it. It's called fifth generation warfare, and I'm here to tell you all about it. I am James Corbett of the Corbett Report, and this is your guide to fifth generation warfare.

What is fifth generation warfare?

So what is fifth generation warfare anyway? And come to think of it, what were the first four generations of warfare? Good questions. For an indepth answer to the latter question, you'll want to read The Changing Face of War into the Fourth Generation, a 1989 article from the Marine Corps Gazette coauthored by William S. Lind.

And you'll want to watch Lind's presentation on fourth generation warfare and the end of the Westphalian Order. This city and every capital in the world is completely oblivious to the fact that it is caught up in a change in warfare so great that it not only makes our current defense and foreign policies obsolete, it essentially makes obsolete the whole framework within which we think about defense and foreign policy. The change is what I call the rise of fourth generation war. And this is specifically the fourth generation of modern war. We now think of foreign affairs and defense totally within the framework of the state.

State armed forces are designed to fight other state armed forces, but that reality is changing. What's happening around the world today in more and more places is that state armed forces find themselves fighting not other state armed forces, but fourth generation forces, nonstate forces. In a nutshell, Lynn's thesis is that the modern age of warfare began with the Treaty of Westphalia in 1648, which he opines gave the state a monopoly on war. From that point on, modern warfare went through three generations, namely first generation warfare the tactics of line and column developed in the era of the smooth boar musket second generation warfare, the tactics of indirect fire and mass movement, developed in the era of the rifled musket, breach loaders, barbed wire, and the machine gun. And third generation warfare, the tactics of nonlinear movement, including maneuver and infiltration, developed in response to the increase in battlefield firepower in World War I.

This, according to Lind and his coauthors, brought us to the late 20th century, when the nation state began to lose its monopoly on war and military combat returned to a decentralized form. In this era, the era of fourth generation warfare, the line between civilian and military become blurred. Armies tend to engage in counterinsurgency operations rather than military battles, and enemies are often motivated by ideology and religion, making psychological operations more important than ever. But some argue we've now entered a new era of warfare, namely fifth generation warfare. There's still much debate about what defines fifth generation warfare, how we know we're engaged in it, or even if it exists at all.

Lind, for one, rejects the concept various scholars have made their own attempts at defining fifth generation warfare. Or Dr. Wasim Ahmad Qureshi, who identifies it as the Battle of Perceptions and Information. Or Chaoyang and Wang Shangsui of the People's Liberation Army, who write of the era of unrestricted warfare in which a relative reduction in military violence has led to an increase in political, economic, and technological violence. If academic debates about the changing nature of warfare are your thing, then there's plenty of reading for you to do on the subject, from the Handbook of Five GW a Fifth Generation of War to a slew of academic articles.

But for the purposes of this presentation, I'm not interested in that debate. In fact, we're going to use a decidedly nonacademic definition of fifth generation warfare from an Al Jazeera article as our starting point. The basic idea behind this term Five GW is that in the modern era, wars are not fought by armies or guerrillas, but in the minds of common citizens. There are two important things to note about this definition. The first is that fifth generation warfare is not waged against either standing armies of nation states or guerrilla insurgents, but against everyday citizens.

The second is that the war is not being fought in a battlefield somewhere, but in the mind. Let's expand the definition somewhat to include the fact that this war is being waged at all levels, not just the mental. The gist of it is this fifth generation warfare is an all out war that is being waged against all of us, by our governments and the international organizations to which they belong. It's being waged against each and every one of us right now. And it is a battle for full spectrum dominance over every single aspect of your life your movements and interactions, your transactions, even your innermost thoughts and feelings and desires.

Governments the world over are working with corporations to leverage technology to control you down to the genomic level, and they will not stop until each and every person who resists them is subdued or eliminated. The most incredible part of all of this is that so few know that the war is even taking place, let alone that they are a combatant in it. The best way to understand this war is to look at some of the ways that it is being waged against us.

Information Warfare stop me if you've heard this before, but this is an infowar, and the powers that shouldn't be are engaged in a war for your mind. Of course you have heard of infowars if you've been in the alternative media space for any length of time, and for good reason. Information warfare is an absolutely essential part of the war on Everyone that defines fifth generation warfare. The most obvious way to understand this is to look at the actual military forces that are engaging in psychological operations against their own citizens. Says here a letter from Nova Scotia government sent out to residents to warn about a pack of wolves on the loose in the province, was forged by Canadian military personnel as part of a propaganda training mission that went off the rails.

The letter told residents to be wary of wolves that had been reintroduced into the area by the provincial and federal governments and warned the animals were now roaming the Annopolis Valley. The letter, which later became public, sparked concerns and questions among residents, but was later branded as fake by the Nova Scotia government, which didn't even know it was the military who was behind the deception. The training also involved using a loudspeaker to generate wolf sounds. The Canadian forces confirmed to this newspaper, guys, let that sink in for a second. They created a fake letter from the government, put it out there saying that there's dangerous wolves, and they set up loudspeakers in the area, projecting out wolf noises.

This isn't just research. This just isn't just a training exercise. They're actively engaging in this psychological operation to scare people using loudspeakers. This is unbelievable. But it's not just out and out military operations by soldiers dressed up in camel fatigues that are part of this fifth generation infowar in the war on everyone.

The establishment uses every means at its disposal to manipulate the public's perception. Take Richard Stengel, the former editor of Time, who bestowed Time's Person of the Year dishonor on you back in 2006, who chaired a Council on Foreign Relations conversation in which he defends the US government's use of propaganda against its own citizens. Basically, every country creates their own narrative. Know, my old job at the State Department was what people used to joke as the chief propaganda job. We haven't talked about propaganda.

Propaganda. I'm not against propaganda. Every country does it, and they have to do it to their own population. And I don't necessarily think it's that awful. Or take Hillen?

Nolton. The PR firm hired by the Kuwaiti government to create the Naira deception in the first Gulf War. They took the babies out of the incubators, took the incubators and left the children to die on the cold floor, who were retained by the who in 2020 to identify celebrity influencers who could be used to amplify the scamdemic messaging. The One World Together at Home event showcased the who's who of top music stars and celebrities who came together over the weekend for a special broadcast of music, comedy, and personal messages, all in gratitude to those around the world on the front lines of the Coronavirus pandemic. So what can we do?

We've got to take care of our healthcare workers and buy them time by taking care of ourselves. The event was led by the World Health Organization and the nonprofit group Global Citizen, or Take, the UK government's scientific pandemic influenza group on behaviors, which outright admits that they use psychological techniques to manipulate the public into fearing the scamdemic, a move that even some of the panel's own members called totalitarian. And no one bats an eyelid. Perhaps the most insidious part of the fifth generation infowar is that it has become so normalized that everyone knows it is happening, but no one thinks of it as warfare. Of course, everything is advertising and propaganda, and of course it's being used to manipulate our behavior.

That's just how the world works, isn't it? But we ignore the real nature of the infowar at our own peril. After all, I've often observed that this is a war for your mind and that the most contested battle space in the world is the space between your ears. You might have thought I meant that metaphorically, but actually, I mean it quite literally. Which brings us to neurological warfare.

If you listen to Dr. James Giordano speak without listening to what he's saying, you get the impression he's merely an articulate, well informed scientist who's passionate about his research. When you do listen to what he's saying, however, or even just look at his PowerPoint slides, like the neurost for NSID slide, you realize that he is Dr. Strangelove. Or if not Dr.

Strangelove himself, then at least Dr. Strangelove's spokesman. But it's not nuclear Armageddon that motivates Jordano. It's what he calls weapons of mass disruption. The various technologies for neurological intervention that the US.

Military and militaries around the world are developing. These include in Jordano's well rehearsed pattern, the drugs, bugs, toxins, and devices that can either enhance or disrupt the cognitive functions of their target, like the high CNS aggregation nanoparticulates that, according to Jordano, clump in the brain or the vasculature and create essentially what looks like a hemorrhagic diathesis. As Sci-Fi as this sounds, he insists that these nanoparticulates and many, many other horrific neurological weapons are already being worked on. The idea here is that I can get something called high CNS aggregation material that is essentially invisible to the naked eye and even to most scanners, because it is so small that it selectively goes through most levels of filter porosity. These are then inhaled either through the nasal mucosa or absorbed through the oral mucosa.

They have high CNS affinity. They clump in the brain or in the vasculature, and they create essentially what looks like a hemorrhagic diathesis. In other words, a hemorrhage predisposition or a clot predisposition in the brain. What I've done is I've created a stroking agent, and it's very, very difficult to gain attribution to do that. I can use that on a variety of levels from the individual to the group.

Highly disruptive. And in fact, this is one of the things that has been entertained and examined to some extent by my colleagues in NATO and to those who are working on the use of neurobiological sciences to create populational disruption. Very, very worried about the potential for these nanoparticulate agents to be CNS aggregating agents to cause neural disruption. And just in case you didn't get the point, you'll notice he illustrates his slide with an image of a human brain in the crosshairs of one of these neurological weapons. There's nothing hard to understand about the picture that's being painted here.

We're at war with an enemy who is literally targeting our brains. But yet again, it isn't just the literal use of neurological weapons by conventional militaries in conventional war settings that we, the largely unwitting combatants of this fifth generation war on everyone, have to worry about. As my listeners already know, avowed technocrat Elon Musk is trying to sell his neuralink brain chip technology to the hipster crowd as a cool and sexy way to upgrade your cognition. Or so the coming AI. Godhead will have mercy on us or something like that.

Anyway, you should totally stick the neuralink in your head at the earliest opportunity. And definitely don't ask any questions about why so many of the Makak monkeys and other test animals that neuralink were using in their brain. Machine interface experiments have dropped dead to anyone not yet a victim of the information warfare operation designed to prepare humanity for the coming transhuman dystopia. All of this sounds insane, but for those who have fallen for the infowars psyop of the enemy, these types of mind altering technologies are exactly as advertised exciting opportunities to upgrade the feeble biological wetware we call our brain. But if you think you can avoid the biological aspect of the fifth generation war by simply avoiding the brain chip, you're out of luck.

You're also going to have to deal with biological warfare.

The biowarfare narrative is understandably back at the forefront of the public consciousness in recent years, not just because of the scamdemic, but also because of the questions being raised about the US backed Ukrainian biolabs and whatever work they may or may not be doing on Russia's doorstep. This picture, for example, comes straight from Army Mill, which was only too happy to brag as recently as last July, that U. S. Soldiers were conducting hands on training and field training exercises with Ukrainian troops in laboratory and field environments that included ensuring the readiness of deployable mobile laboratories. Nothing to see here, folks.

Perhaps the only surprising thing about the article is that they haven't scrubbed it from their website yet. But once again, if we are only thinking of biowarfare in conventional military terms, we neglect the much, much wider operation to manipulate, control and weaponize all aspects of our environment, our food supply and even our genome itself. For the purposes of the ruling oligarchs, this fifth generation biological warfare being waged against us includes the mRNA and DNA and genetically modified adenovirus vector vaccines that have been normalized over the past two years and which, as the miraculously lucky companies that bet it all on this technology, like to brag, is reprogramming the software of life. The genetically modified organisms, both GMO crops and GMO animals that are now being unleashed upon the world in an uncontrolled experiment that puts our health and the very future of the biosphere in jeopardy. The push towards synthetic lab based food that is being funded by the usual eugenicist billionaires and which threatens to sever humanity from the natural abundance of the earth make us dependent on an increasingly shrinking number of companies for our food supply and ultimately to drive us towards a Soylent Green style future.

I'm sure you can fill in the blanks with myriad other examples of the attacks upon the world's air, water and biome that constitute this unconstrained fifth generation biological war being waged against us. When and if you do put the pieces of this puzzle together and seek to warn people en masse that they're under attack, your ability to resist this agenda will be predicated on your ability to use your accumulated resources, your wealth to foster communities of resistance. Don't worry though the enemy has that domain covered too.

Economic Warfare given the events of recent years, even the sleepiest of the sleepy now realize that we are in a period of economic warfare. This war too, has its conventional aspects. On the 2D board, we've seen the NATO empire launch its weapons of financial destruction at Russia. And exactly as predicted, it has resulted in the consolidation of a convenient geopolitical boogeyman bloc and a gigantic loss of faith in the international monetary system itself. And also, as predicted, it has supplied the problem and reaction needed for the technocrats to present their predetermined solution of central bank digital Currencies, or CBDCs.

Just ask Larry Fink, the CEO of BlackRock. The war will prompt countries to reevaluate their currency dependencies. Even before the war, several governments were looking to play a more active role in digital currencies and define the regulatory frameworks under which they operate. This isn't merely a battle between nation states or even competing power blocks. This is a battle being waged by every authoritarian power structure and every government.

But I repeat myself against their own citizens for control of the most important resource of all of them their wallets. Yes. We're seeing the beginning of a truly world historical moment. The collapse of PAX Americana, the death of the dollar reserve system and the beginning of an entirely new monetary paradigm. The central bank digital currency system of programmable money that will be able to algorithmically control when, how and if you are allowed to transact in the economy at all.

We only have to look to recent events in Canada to understand what this will look like. This perfect control of humanity down to the level of being able to witness and ultimately to allow or disallow any transaction between any individuals at any time, represents the apotheosis of technocracy and one of the key objectives of the fifth generation war itself. As this nightmare comes closer and closer to reality, all seems hopeless. But then again, that's exactly the point.

The real war.

I could go on and on and on and on, but hopefully you get the point by now. There is a world war happening right now. It is a fifth generation war or whatever you want to call it. It is being waged across every domain simultaneously. It's a war for full spectrum dominance of every battlefield and every terrain from the farthest reaches of the globe and beyond to the inner spaces of your body and even to your innermost thoughts.

And it is a war on you. Recognizing this, the task we face seems nearly insurmountable. How are we to fight back in a war that the majority of people don't even recognize as taking place? How do we fight back against an enemy that has spent decades refining its weapons of economic and military and technological and biological control? How do we fight back in a war that is not taking place on two fronts or even three fronts, but in every domain and battlespace simultaneously?

Framed like this, our prospects do appear hopeless. But therein lies the key. Our perception that it is our duty to fight back against the enemy in their war on their battlefield, on their terms of engagement, is itself a narrative frame. And that narrative itself is a weapon that is being wielded against us in the battle for our minds. You'll allow me the space here to quote myself at length because this is a point I've made many times before, perhaps most notably in my conversation on the anatomy of the New World Order that I had with Julian Charles on the Mind Renewed podcast ten years ago.

Well, I'm intrigued by the idea that we've been given false templates to follow in terms of solving our problems or of fighting enemies. And I think part of this false template that we've been provided through so much social conditioning and the media that we consume, et cetera, is this idea that we must find the heart of the organization. We must find the head of this organization, we must somehow kill that person or that group or whatever it is, eliminate that, and everything will magically turn to the better. And I think that that is a false template that we've been given. And one only has to think in broad terms at pretty much every science fiction dystopia you've ever seen.

And in the end, if it turns out positively, it's only because they have managed to decapitate the head of the Beast in whatever way it is. Whether it be The Lord of the Rings or Tron or any of these types of movies or things that you can think of. The idea is you kill the head bad guy and everything turns magically into peaceful utopia. And I think that is fundamentally completely the wrong way to look at it because I don't think that at the end of the day that the particular individuals who may or may not be the ones holding the ultimate ring of power at this particular moment are irreplaceable. On the contrary, there are many, many people who would be so chomping at the bit to get into that position of power should that old guard be swept away for whatever reason.

And I think it has to be something that is a more fundamental revolution not of overthrowing a specific instantiation of this idea, but overthrowing the idea altogether. And that can only come, I think, from the building up of an alternative system to which people want to actually apply themselves rather than attempting to simply have some wage some sort of heroic war that will solve everything once and for all. I think we have to actually just detach ourselves from this system that we've been woven into. And unfortunately, that's probably as difficult to do as that analogy would make it sound. Because we are so woven into a fabric of society that it is difficult to imagine really extrapolating ourselves from all of these processes that rely for so many of our daily needs on these vast, overwhelming corporate infrastructures that tie into these various organizations that themselves pull the strings of various governmental institutions.

It's such a vast and unwieldy system that it can seem quite overwhelming at times. How can a single individual affect this? But I think that we have to look for any and every possible point at which we can at least start to detach ourselves from those systems of control, to start to try to reassert some sort of independence. And that can be an extremely small thing. Like, for example, instead of, I don't know, going out and buying your groceries at the grocery store, perhaps you can go and buy them at a farmer's market or at least some of your groceries you can get at.

A farmer's market or you can grow it yourself in a vegetable garden or something of that sort is a tiny thing on the individual level. But I think it is the only thing that in the long run can lead to the type of society that we want to bring to fruition. I think again, it's the small things like that to which if we start to apply ourselves with diligence and with perseverance that in the long run we'll be able to overthrow this. But unfortunately, as I say, we are on this cusp of this scientific revolution which makes a scientific dictatorship possible. So unfortunately, we don't have necessarily generations of time in which to do this.

So that puts a bit of a time perspective on this. A ticking, I don't want to say time bomb, but you get the idea a certain time limit to the accomplishment of this, which means that we don't have a lot of time to waste in deciding which of these structures we want to give ourselves over to. Either. We continue going into this technological structure that is part of this corporate matrix which involves even such things as buying the next generation of iPhone, which they're already saying is going to have its own fingerprint scanning technology. And all of this corporate, technological, industrial, defense, military, big brother spy grid matrix to which we're signing on every single day of our lives, willingly and knowingly and actually paying our money to buy into or we start creating alternative structures which don't rely on that system.

And it's a choice that we have to make in our lives, I would say more quickly than has been apparent at any other time in human history. My regular viewers will understand what I'm proposing here the creation of a parallel society. We won't achieve this by asking for more scraps from the master's table or by gently complying as we're herded into ever more constrictive technological pens, or by thinking that we can win this war by engaging the enemy in their control, the domain. We can only achieve this by creating our own table, our own economy and our own communities of interest. This will require the long and difficult task of increasing our independence from the authoritarian systems in every domain the information domain, the food domain, the health domain, the monetary domain, the mental domain and every other contested battlespace in this all out fifth generation war.

Easier said than done, of course, but there is no alternative. Some will say, but won't they come after that parallel society? As if that's a rebuttal to what I've laid out here. The point is that you are already the target of the enemy in a war that most people but dimly understand is happening. Yes, the enemy will come after you, but they are already dominating you in more ways than any one person can fully understand.

That doesn't stop just because you comply with their demands or take part in their system. We must stop playing their game. We must stop fighting their war. We must stop ceding our power, our authority, our time, our attention, our energy and our resources to engaging the enemy in their terms on their battlefield. We must create our own parallel society on our own terms.

And so we rediscover an old piece of wisdom. To paraphrase fifth generation warfare is a strange game. The only winning move is not to play. War is over. If we want it your Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare transcript and Sources corbettreport.com slash Fifth Gen hello, this is James Corbett of the Corbett Report, the creator of your Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare, the report that you've just been viewing.

And if you are new to the Corbett Report, I wanted to take a moment to explain that what you just witnessed was the visualization of an editorial that I wrote last year for the Corbett Report subscriber newsletter. Now, if you're unfamiliar with this every weekend or every weekend except the first weekend of the month, I put out a subscriber newsletter that includes a subscriber editorial along the lines of the one that you just witnessed and that is available 100%, completely, totally, freely available to the public at corbettreport Substack.com, where you can find that weekly editorial being published completely for free. You can sign up for the free email list so that you will get the email when it goes out. But you don't have to sign up, you can just read it right there on Corporetreport substack.com. But on Corbetreport.com, my actual website, you can get the full subscriber newsletter, which includes not just the editorial like your guide to Fifth generation Warfare, but also recommended reading and viewing and listening, as well as a subscriber discount code for DVDs and other purchases at the New World next week store.

That's a lot of information to take in at once, but I just want people to know that what you have just witnessed was actually written several months ago. And if you would like to find out about what I am writing as I am writing it, you should consider visiting Corbetreport.com, following the RSS feeds there and or signing up for my substac so you can keep up to date with the information as it comes out. And if you are already familiar with the corporate report and you do appreciate this work, then let me reiterate for not the first time that this is completely dependent on your support. I am a reader supported publication, so if you would like this work to continue in the future, I do require your monetary support. You can sign up to become a member of the Corbett Report website, which gives you login access to log in and leave comments on the site as well as to access that subscriber newsletter in its entirety that I was talking about earlier.

If you would like more information about that, you can find it@corbertreport.com members, thank you sincerely for your time and attention. Thank you in advance for helping to spread the word about this incredibly important information and I look forward to talking to you again in the near future. Bye.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.